UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

Commission File Number 0-14384

 

BANCFIRST CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

OKLAHOMA

 

73-1221379

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

101 North Broadway, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (405) 270-1086

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $1.00 Par Value Per Share

 

NASDAQ Global Select Market System

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

¨

  

Accelerated filer

 

x

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company

 

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant computed using the last sale price on June 30, 2014 was approximately $476,942,909.

As of January 30, 2015, there were 15,504,513 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the registrant (the “2015 Proxy Statement”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

 

 

 

 

 


 

BANCFIRST CORPORATION

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Item

  

 

  

Page

 

  

PART I

  

 

 

1.

  

 

Business

  

1

 

1a.

  

 

Risk Factors

  

13

 

1b.

  

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

  

20

 

2.

  

 

Properties

  

20

 

3.

  

 

Legal Proceedings

  

21

 

4.

  

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

  

21

 

  

 

PART II

  

 

 

5.

  

 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  

21

 

6.

  

 

Selected Financial Data

  

23

 

7.

  

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  

25

 

7a.

  

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  

40

 

8.

  

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  

42

 

9.

  

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  

84

 

9a.

  

 

Controls and Procedures

  

84

 

9b.

  

 

Other Information

  

87

 

  

 

PART III

  

 

 

10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

  

87

 

11.

  

 

Executive Compensation

  

87

 

12.

  

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

  

87

 

13.

  

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

  

87

 

14.

  

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  

87

 

  

 

PART IV

  

 

 

15.

  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

  

87

 

Signatures

  

90

 

 

 

 


PART I

Item 1. Business.

General

BancFirst Corporation (the “Company”) is an Oklahoma business corporation and a financial holding company under federal law. It conducts virtually all of its operating activities through its principal wholly-owned subsidiary, BancFirst (the “Bank” or “BancFirst”), a state-chartered bank headquartered in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. The Company also owns 100% of the common securities of BFC Capital Trust II (a Delaware business trust), 100% of Council Oak Partners LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company engaging in investing activities, and 100% of BancFirst Insurance Services, Inc., an Oklahoma business corporation operating as an independent insurance agency.

The Company was incorporated as United Community Corporation in July 1984 for the purpose of becoming a bank holding company. In June 1985, it merged with seven Oklahoma bank holding companies that had operated under common ownership and the Company has conducted business as a bank holding company since that time. Over the next several years the Company acquired additional banks and bank holding companies, and in November 1988 the Company changed its name to BancFirst Corporation. Effective April 1, 1989, the Company consolidated its 12 subsidiary banks and formed BancFirst. Over the intervening decades, the Company has continued to expand through acquisitions and de-novo branches. The Company currently has 95 banking locations serving 52 communities throughout Oklahoma.

The Company’s strategy focuses on providing a full range of commercial banking services to retail customers and small to medium-sized businesses in both the non-metropolitan trade centers and cities in the metropolitan statistical areas of Oklahoma. The Company operates as a “super community bank”, managing its community banking offices on a decentralized basis, which permits them to be responsive to local customer needs. Underwriting, funding, customer service and pricing decisions are made by presidents in each market within the Company’s strategic parameters. At the same time, the Company generally has a larger lending capacity, broader product line and greater operational scale than its principal competitors in the non-metropolitan market areas (which typically are independently-owned community banks). In the metropolitan markets served by the Company, the Company’s strategy is to focus on the needs of local businesses that are not served adequately by larger institutions.

The Bank maintains a strong community orientation by, among other things, selecting members of the communities in which the Bank’s branches operate to local consulting boards that assist in marketing and providing feedback on the Bank’s products and services to meet customer needs. As a result of the development of broad banking relationships with its customers and community branch network, the Bank’s lending and investing activities are funded almost entirely by core deposits.

The Bank centralizes virtually all of its processing, support and investment functions in order to achieve consistency and operational efficiencies. The Bank maintains centralized control functions such as operations support, bookkeeping, accounting, loan review, compliance and internal auditing to ensure effective risk management. The Bank also provides centrally certain specialized financial services that require unique expertise.

The Bank provides a wide range of retail and commercial banking services, including: commercial, real estate, agricultural and consumer lending; depository and funds transfer services; collections; safe deposit boxes; cash management services; trust services; retail brokerage services; and other services tailored for both individual and corporate customers. Through its Technology and Operations Center, the Bank provides item processing, research and other correspondent banking services to financial institutions and governmental units.

The Bank’s primary lending activity is the financing of business and industry in its market areas. Its commercial loan customers are generally small to medium-sized businesses engaged in light manufacturing, local wholesale and retail trade, commercial and residential real estate development and construction, services, agriculture and the energy industry. Most forms of commercial lending are offered, including commercial mortgages, other forms of asset-based financing and working capital lines of credit. In addition, the Bank offers Small Business Administration (“SBA”) guaranteed loans through BancFirst Commercial Capital, a division established in 1991.

Consumer lending activities of the Bank consist of traditional forms of financing for automobiles, residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and other personal loans. Residential loans consist primarily of home loans in non-metropolitan areas which are generally shorter in duration than typical mortgages and reprice within five years.

The Bank’s range of deposit services include checking accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, sweep accounts, club accounts, individual retirement accounts and certificates of deposit. Overdraft

 

1


 

protection and auto draft services are also offered. Deposits of the Bank are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).

Trust services offered through the Bank’s Trust and Investment Management Division (the “Trust Division”) consist primarily of investment management and administration of trusts for individuals, corporations and employee benefit plans. Investment options include pooled equity and fixed income funds managed by the Trust Division and advised by nationally recognized investment management firms. In addition, the Trust Division serves as bond trustee and paying agent for various Oklahoma municipalities and governmental entities.

BancFirst has the following principal subsidiaries: Council Oak Investment Corporation, a small business investment corporation, Council Oak Real Estate, Inc., a real estate investment company, and BancFirst Agency, Inc., a credit life insurance agency. All of these companies are Oklahoma corporations.

The Company had approximately 1,688 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2014, compared to approximately 1,653 full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2013. Its principal executive offices are located at 101 North Broadway, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102, telephone number (405) 270-1086.

Market Areas and Competition

The banking environment in Oklahoma is very competitive. The geographic dispersion of the Company’s banking locations presents several different levels and types of competition. In general, however, each location competes with other banking institutions, savings and loan associations, brokerage firms, personal loan finance companies and credit unions within their respective market areas. The communities in which the Bank maintains offices are generally local trade centers throughout Oklahoma. The major areas of competition include interest rates charged on loans, underwriting terms and conditions, interest rates paid on deposits, fees on non-credit services, levels of service charges on deposits, completeness of product lines and quality of service.

Management believes the Company is in an advantageous competitive position operating as a “super community bank.” Under this strategy, the Company provides a broad line of financial products and services to small to medium-sized businesses and consumers through full service community banking offices with decentralized management, while achieving operating efficiency and product scale through product standardization and centralization of processing and other functions. Each full-service banking office has senior management with significant lending experience who exercise substantial autonomy over credit and pricing decisions. This decentralized management approach, coupled with continuity of service by the same staff members, enables the Bank to develop long-term customer relationships, maintain high-quality service and respond quickly to customer needs. The majority of its competitors in the non-metropolitan areas are much smaller, and neither offer the range of products and services nor have the lending capacity of BancFirst. In the metropolitan communities, the Company’s strategy is to be more responsive to, and more focused on, the needs of local businesses that are not served effectively by larger institutions. As reported by the FDIC, the Company’s market share of deposits for Oklahoma was 7.25% as of June 30, 2014 and 6.82% as of June 30, 2013.

Marketing to existing and potential customers is performed through a variety of media advertising, direct mail and direct personal contacts. The Company monitors the needs of its customer base through its Product Development Group, which develops and enhances products and services in response to such needs. Sales, customer service and product training are coordinated with incentive programs to motivate employees to cross-sell the Bank’s products and services.

Operating Segments

The Company has four principal business units: metropolitan banks, community banks, other financial services and executive operations and support. For more information on the Company’s Operating Segments see Note (22), “Segment Information” to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Control of Company

Affiliates of the Company beneficially own approximately 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock as of January 30, 2015. Under the Company’s Bylaws, holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock are able to elect all of the directors and approve significant corporate actions, including business combinations. Accordingly, the Company’s affiliates have the ability to control the business and affairs of the Company.

 

2


 

Supervision and Regulation

Banking is a complex, highly regulated industry. The Company’s growth and earnings performance and those of the Bank can be affected not only by management decisions and general and local economic conditions, but also by the statutes administered by, and the regulations and policies of, various governmental regulatory authorities. These authorities include, but are not limited to, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), the FDIC and the Oklahoma State Banking Department.

The primary goals of the bank regulatory framework are to maintain a safe and sound banking system and to facilitate the conduct of monetary policy. This regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of a financial institution’s depositors, rather than the institution’s stockholders and creditors. The following discussion describes certain of the material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and financial holding companies and their subsidiaries and provides certain specific information relevant to the Company, which is both a bank holding company and a financial holding company. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the specific statutes and regulations discussed. Further, such statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by Congress and state legislatures, and federal and state regulatory agencies. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company, including changes in interpretation or implementation thereof, could have a material effect on the Company’s business.

Regulatory Agencies

In the U.S., banking is regulated at both the federal and state level. Since 1863, commercial banks in the United States have been able to choose to organize as national banks with a charter issued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) or as state banks with a charter issued by a state government. The choice of charter determines which agency will supervise the bank: the primary supervisor of nationally chartered banks is the OCC, whereas state-chartered banks are supervised jointly by their state chartering authority and either the FDIC or the Federal Reserve Board, depending upon whether the state-chartered bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System. The Company’s banking subsidiary, BancFirst, is chartered by the State of Oklahoma and at the state level is supervised and regulated by the Oklahoma State Banking Department under the Oklahoma Banking Code. BancFirst has elected not to be a member of the Federal Reserve System and, consequently, is supervised and regulated by the FDIC at the federal level. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC to the extent provided by law.

As a financial holding company and a bank holding company, the Company is subject to comprehensive regulation by the Federal Reserve Board under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), enacted on July 21, 2010, and other legislation (as so amended, the “BHC Act”), as well as other federal and state laws governing the banking business. The BHC Act provides generally for regulation of financial holding companies and bank holding companies such as the Company by the Federal Reserve Board, and for functional regulation of banking activities by bank regulators, securities activities by securities regulators, and insurance activities by insurance regulators. Additionally, the Company is under the jurisdiction of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and is subject to the periodic reporting, information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, corporate governance and other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Company’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market System under the trading symbol “BANF,” and is subject to the listing and marketplace rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market, Inc. (the “NASDAQ”).

The Federal Reserve Board supervises non-banking activities conducted by companies directly and indirectly owned by the Company. In addition, the Company’s non-banking subsidiaries are subject to various other laws, regulations, supervision and examination by other regulatory agencies, all of which directly or indirectly affect the operations and management of the Company and its ability to make distributions to stockholders.

Bank Holding Company and Financial Holding Company Activities

The list of activities permitted by the Federal Reserve Board includes, among other things: lending; operating a savings institution, mortgage company, finance company, credit card company or factoring company; performing certain data processing operations; providing certain investment and financial advice; underwriting and acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; leasing property on a full-payout, non-operating basis; selling money orders; real estate and personal property appraising; providing tax planning and preparation services; and, subject to certain limitations, providing securities brokerage services for customers. These activities may also be affected by other federal legislation.

“Financial in nature” activities include securities underwriting, dealing and market making, sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies, insurance underwriting and agency, merchant banking and other activities that the Federal Reserve Board, in

 

3


 

consultation with the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury, determines from time to time to be financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or is complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a safety and soundness risk.

To maintain financial holding company status, a financial holding company and all of its depository institution subsidiaries must be “well capitalized” and “well managed.” A depository institution subsidiary is considered to be “well capitalized” if it satisfies the requirements for this status discussed in the section captioned “Capital Requirements,” included elsewhere in this item. A depository institution subsidiary is considered “well managed” if it received a composite rating and management rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination. A financial holding company’s status will also depend upon it maintaining its status as “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations. If a financial holding company ceases to meet these capital and management requirements, the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations provide that the financial holding company must enter into an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with all applicable capital and management requirements. Until the financial holding company returns to compliance, the Federal Reserve Board may impose limitations or conditions on the conduct of its activities, and the company may not commence any of the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies or acquire a company engaged in such financial activities without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. If the company does not return to compliance within 180 days, the Federal Reserve Board may require divestiture of the holding company’s depository institutions. Bank holding companies and banks must also be both well capitalized and well managed in order to acquire banks located outside their home state.

In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity permitted by the BHC Act or to acquire a company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHC Act, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the Community Reinvestment Act. See the section captioned “Community Reinvestment Act” included elsewhere in this item.

The Federal Reserve Board has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve Board has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or such ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

Federal and state laws impose notice and approval requirements for mergers and acquisitions of other depository institutions or bank holding companies. The BHC Act requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board for the direct or indirect acquisition by a bank holding company of more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of a commercial bank or its parent holding company (including a financial holding company). Under the Bank Merger Act, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board or other appropriate bank regulatory authority is required for a member bank to merge with another bank or purchase the assets or assume the deposits of another bank. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition or merger, bank regulatory authorities will consider, among other factors, the competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position of the combined organization, the risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system, the applicant’s performance record under the Community Reinvestment Act (see the section captioned “Community Reinvestment Act” included elsewhere in this item) and its compliance with fair housing and other consumer protection laws and the effectiveness of the subject organizations in combating money laundering activities.

Dividend Restrictions

The principal source of the Company’s liquidity is dividends from the Bank. Various federal and state statutory provisions and regulations limit the amount of dividends the Company’s subsidiary bank and certain other subsidiaries may pay without regulatory approval. The payment of dividends by its subsidiary bank may also be affected by other regulatory requirements and policies, such as the maintenance of adequate capital. If, in the opinion of the applicable regulatory authority, a bank under its jurisdiction is engaged in, or is about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound practice (which, depending on the financial condition of the bank, could include the payment of dividends), such authority may require, after notice and hearing, that such bank cease and desist from such practice. The appropriate federal regulatory authorities have stated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current operating earnings. In addition, in the current financial and economic environment, the Federal Reserve Board has indicated that bank holding companies should carefully review their dividend policy and has discouraged payment ratios that are at maximum allowable levels unless both asset quality and capital are very strong.

In October 2012, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve Board published final rules regarding company-run stress testing. The rules require financial institutions to conduct an annual company-run stress test of capital, consolidated earnings and losses under at least three different sets of conditions, including baseline, adverse and severely adverse conditions. It is anticipated that the capital ratios reflected in the stress test calculations will be an important factor to be considered by the Federal Reserve Board

 

4


 

in evaluating whether proposed payments of dividends or stock repurchases may be an unsafe or unsound practice. The rules apply to institutions with average total consolidated assets greater than $10 billion and, accordingly, do not currently apply to the Company, which had total consolidated assets at December 31, 2014 of approximately $6.6 billion. However, while the Federal Reserve Board has stated that smaller banking organizations such as the Company are not required or expected to conduct the types of stress-testing specifically mandated by the rules, they continue to emphasize that all banking institutions, regardless of size, should have the capacity to analyze the potential impact of adverse outcomes on their financial condition.

Transactions with Affiliates

The Company and the Bank are deemed affiliates of each other within the meaning of the Federal Reserve Act, and covered transactions between affiliates are subject to certain restrictions, including compliance with Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and their implementing regulations. These regulations limit the types and amounts of covered transactions engaged in by a financial institution and its affiliates, and generally require those transactions to be on an arm’s-length basis. “Covered transactions” are defined by statute to include a loan or extension of credit, as well as a purchase of securities issued by an affiliate, a purchase of assets (unless otherwise exempted by the Federal Reserve Board) from the affiliate, certain derivative transactions that create a credit exposure to an affiliate, the acceptance of securities issued by the affiliate as collateral for a loan and the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. In general, these regulations require that any such transaction by a financial institution with an affiliate must be secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and must be limited to certain thresholds on an individual and aggregate basis.

Source of Strength

Federal Reserve Board policy requires bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks and, under appropriate circumstances, to commit resources to support each such subsidiary bank. This support may be required at times when the bank holding company may not have the resources to provide the support. If a bank holding company was unable to pay mandated assessments in support of its subsidiary bank, the FDIC could order the sale of the bank holding company’s stock in the subsidiary bank to cover the deficiency.

Capital loans by a bank holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and certain other indebtedness of the subsidiary bank. In addition, in the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of its subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.

Capital Requirements

Regulatory Capital Requirements in Effect prior to January 1, 2015. The Company and the Bank are required to comply with the capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC. The federal regulatory authorities’ risk-based capital guidelines in effect as of December 31, 2014 were based upon the 1988 capital accord of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”).  The Basel Committee is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines for use by each country’s supervisors in determining the supervisory policies they apply.  The requirements were intended to ensure that banking organizations have adequate capital given the risk levels of assets and off-balance sheet financial instruments.  Under the capital adequacy guidelines in effect prior to January 1, 2015, bank holding companies were required to maintain minimum total capital equal to 8% of total risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items, with at least one-half of that amount consisting of Tier I, or core capital, and the remaining amount consisting of Tier II, or supplementary capital. Tier I capital for bank holding companies generally consisted of the sum of common shareholders’ equity, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and other non-qualifying intangible assets. Tier II capital generally consisted of hybrid capital instruments not meeting the Tier 1 definition, term subordinated debt and, subject to limitations, general allowances for loan losses. For purposes of calculating the ratios, a banking organization’s assets and some of its specified off-balance sheet commitments and obligations were assigned to various risk categories.  Under these guidelines, the Company, like other bank holding companies, was required to maintain Tier 1 capital and “total capital” (the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital) equal to at least 4.0% and 8.0%, respectively, of its total risk-weighted assets. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had a Tier 1 ratio of 13.77% and a total capital ratio of 14.75%. The Bank, like other depository institutions, was required to maintain similar capital levels under capital adequacy guidelines. In addition, for a depository institution to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action its Tier 1 and total capital ratios had to be at least 6.0% and 10.0% on a risk-adjusted basis, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had a Tier 1 ratio of 12.71% and a total capital ratio of 13.68%.

 

5


 

In addition, the Federal Reserve Board also required bank holding companies to comply with minimum leverage ratio requirements. The leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization’s Tier I capital to its total consolidated quarterly average assets (as defined for regulatory purposes), net of the allowance for loan losses, goodwill and certain other intangible assets. The requirements imposed a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0% for bank holding companies and member banks that either have the highest supervisory rating or have implemented the appropriate federal regulatory authority’s risk-adjusted measure for market risk. All other bank holding companies and member banks were required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%, unless a different minimum was specified by an appropriate regulatory authority. In addition, for a depository institution to be considered “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, its leverage ratio had to be at least 5.0%. At December 31, 2014, the Company had a leverage ratio of 8.83% and the Bank had a leverage ratio of 8.15%.

As an additional means to identify problems in the financial management of depository institutions, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”) requires federal bank regulatory agencies to establish certain non-capital safety and soundness standards for institutions for which they are the primary federal regulator. The standards relate generally to operations and management, asset quality, interest rate exposure and executive compensation. The agencies are authorized to take action against institutions that fail to meet such standards.

 

Basel III Capital Rules Effective January 1, 2015.  In July 2013 the FDIC, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System approved a final rule to implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee as well as certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Basel III Capital Rules”). The Basel III Capital Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions, including the Company and the Bank, compared to the U.S. risk-based capital rules in effect prior to the effective date of the new rules. The Basel III Capital Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The Basel III Capital Rules also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing risk-weighting approach, which was derived from the Basel I capital accords of the Basel Committee, with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the standardized approach in the Basel Committee’s 2004 “Basel II” capital accords.  The Basel III Capital Rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act to remove references to credit ratings from the federal banking agencies’ rules. The Basel III Capital Rules became effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions).  

 

Among other things, the Basel III Capital Rules (i) introduce a new capital measure call “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CETI and not to the other components of capital, and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments as compared to existing regulations.

 

When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel III Capital Rules will require the Company and the Bank to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7% upon full implementation), (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation) and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets (as compared to a minimum leverage ratio of 3% under the old rules for banking organizations that either have the highest supervisory rating or have implemented the appropriate federal regulatory authority’s risk-adjusted measure for market risk).  The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer (or below the combined capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, when the latter is applied) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.  Phase-in of the capital conservation buffer requirements will begin on January 1, 2016 and be fully phased-in on January 1, 2019.

 

The Basel III Capital Rules also provide for a “countercyclical capital buffer” to be phased-in between January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2019, that is applicable to only certain covered institutions and does not have any current applicability to the Company or the Bank.  

 

Under the Basel III Capital Rules, the initial minimum capital ratios that became effective on January 1, 2015 are as follows:

• 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets.

 

6


 

• 6.0% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets.

• 8.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets.

• 4.0% Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets

The enactment of the Basel III Capital Rules will increase the Company’s required capital levels and those of the Bank.  Management believes that as of December 31, 2014, the Company and the Bank would have met all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules on a fully phased-in basis as if such requirements had been in effect at such date.  

 

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

 

Historically, the regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures. Liquidity risk management has become increasingly important since the financial crisis. The Basel III liquidity framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward would be required by regulation. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio, is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio, is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. These requirements are designed to incentivize banking entities to increase their holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets and increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source. The Basel III Capital Rules did not address the proposed liquidity coverage ratio called for by the Basel Committee’s Basel III framework. On September 9, 2014, the Federal Reserve Board issued a final rule implementing a liquidity coverage ratio requirement in the United States for larger banking organizations. Neither the Company nor the Bank is subject to the liquidity coverage ratio requirement.

Prompt Corrective Action

 

The FDI Act requires federal bank regulatory agencies to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to FDIC-insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. A depository institution’s treatment for purposes of the prompt corrective action provisions will depend upon how its capital levels compare to various capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation.

 

Under this system, the federal banking regulators have established five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized, in which all depository institutions are placed. The federal banking regulators have specified by regulation the relevant capital levels for each of the categories. Under certain circumstances, a well-capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution may be treated as if the institution were in the next lower capital category. Federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. A depository institution that is undercapitalized is required to submit a capital restoration plan. Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement remedies by federal bank regulatory agencies, including termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, restrictions on certain business activities, and appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized.

 

 

7


 

With respect to the Bank, the Basel III Capital Rules revise the prompt corrective action regulations by: (i) introducing the CET1 ratio requirement at each prompt corrective action category (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8.0% (as compared to the current 6.0%); and (iii) eliminating the current provision that provides that a bank with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have a 3.0% leverage ratio and still be adequately capitalized. The Basel III Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any prompt corrective action category.  The Company believes that, as of December 31, 2014, the Bank was “well capitalized” based on the aforementioned ratios.

Deposit Insurance Assessments

The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC in the standard insurance amount of $250,000 per depositor for each account ownership category. This insurance is funded through assessments on the Bank and other insured depository institutions. The FDIC’s risk-based assessment system requires members to pay varying assessment rates depending upon the level of the institution’s capital and the degree of supervisory concern over the institution. In connection with implementing the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC in 2011 changed each institution’s assessment base from its total insured deposits to its average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity and created a scorecard method for calculating assessments that combines certain supervisory ratings and specified forward-looking financial measures to determine each institution’s risk to the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act also required the FDIC, in setting assessments, to offset the effect of increasing its reserve for the DIF on institutions with consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. The result of this revised approach to deposit-insurance assessments is generally an increase in costs, on an absolute or relative basis, for institutions with consolidated assets of $10 billion or more. The DIF assessment base rate currently ranges from 2.5 to 45 basis points for institutions that do not trigger factors for brokered deposits and unsecured debt, and higher rates for those that do trigger those risk factors.

At least semi-annually, the FDIC will update its loss and income projections for the DIF and, if needed, will increase or decrease assessment rates, following notice-and-comment rulemaking if required. The FDIC may increase or decrease its rates by 2.0 basis points without further rulemaking. In an emergency, the FDIC may also impose a special assessment.

The Company’s FDIC insurance expense totaled $3.3 million, $3.0 million and $2.9 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. FDIC insurance expense includes deposit insurance assessments as well as Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessments. All FDIC-insured depository institutions must pay an annual FICO assessment to provide funds for the payment of interest on bonds issued by FICO during the 1980s to resolve the thrift bailout. FDIC-insured depository institutions paid an average FICO assessment of 62 cents for each $100 of assessable deposits in 2014.

As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by DIF-insured institutions. It also may prohibit any DIF-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the DIF. The FDIC also has the authority to take enforcement actions against insured institutions.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or written agreement entered into with the FDIC. The Company does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance for its banking subsidiary.

Safety and Soundness Standards

The FDI Act requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe standards, by regulations or guidelines, relating to internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits and such other operational and managerial standards as the agencies deem appropriate. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. In addition, the agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been given notice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the FDI Act. See “--Prompt Corrective Action” above. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties.

 

8


 

Incentive Compensation

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal bank regulatory agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities, such as the Company and the Bank, having at least $1 billion in total assets that encourage inappropriate risks by providing an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder with excessive compensation, fees or benefits or that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. In addition, these regulators must establish regulations or guidelines requiring enhanced disclosure to regulators of incentive-based compensation arrangements. Officials from the Federal Reserve Board have recently indicated that they are preparing a proposed new rule on incentive compensation.

In June 2010, the Federal Reserve Board, OCC and FDIC issued a comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk-management and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. These three principles are expected to be incorporated into the proposed joint compensation regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act, discussed above.

The Federal Reserve Board will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

Fiscal and Monetary Policies

The Company’s business and earnings are affected significantly by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies. The Company is particularly affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve Board, which regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Among the instruments of monetary policy available to the Federal Reserve Board are (a) conducting open market operations in United States government securities, (b) changing the discount rates of borrowings of depository institutions, (c) imposing or changing reserve requirements against depository institutions’ deposits and (d) imposing or changing reserve requirements against certain borrowings by banks and their affiliates. These methods are used in varying degrees and combinations to directly affect the availability of bank loans and deposits, as well as the interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. The policies of the Federal Reserve Board may have a material effect on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

Privacy Provisions of the GLB Act

Federal banking regulators, as required under the GLB Act, have adopted rules limiting the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. The rules require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to nonaffiliated third parties. The privacy provisions of the GLB Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial services companies and conveyed to outside vendors.

Anti-Money Laundering and the Patriot Act

The USA Patriot Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) is intended to strengthen the ability of U.S. law enforcement agencies and intelligence communities to work together to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. The Patriot Act substantially broadened the scope of the U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of implementing regulations which apply various requirements of the Patriot Act to financial institutions such as the Bank. Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing, and have significant implications for depository institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The Patriot Act also requires federal bank regulators to

 

9


 

evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering in determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required. Regulatory authorities have imposed cease and desist orders and civil money penalties against institutions found to be violating these obligations.

Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation

The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”). The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have serious legal and reputational consequences.

Community Reinvestment Act

The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (the “CRA”), requires depository institutions to assist in meeting the credit needs of their market areas consistent with safe and sound banking practices. Under the CRA, each depository institution is required to help meet the credit needs of its market areas by, among other things, providing credit to low- and moderate-income individuals and communities. Depository institutions are periodically examined for compliance with the CRA and are assigned ratings. In order for a financial holding company to commence any new activity permitted by the BHC Act, or to acquire any company engaged in any new activity permitted by the BHC Act, each insured depository institution subsidiary of the financial holding company must have received a rating of at least “satisfactory” in its most recent examination under the CRA. Furthermore, banking regulations take into account CRA rating when considering approval of a proposed transaction. During its last examination in 2012, a rating of “satisfactory” was received by the Bank.

Consumer Laws and Regulations

Banks and other financial institutions are subject to numerous laws and regulations intended to protect consumers in their transactions with banks. These laws include, among others, laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices and usury laws, as well as the federal consumer protection statutes set forth below. Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous and in addition, to those listed below. These federal, state and local laws regulate the manner in which financial institutions deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans or conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by state and local attorneys general and civil or criminal liability.

Federal Laws Applicable to Credit Transactions. The loan operations of the Bank are also subject to federal laws and regulations applicable to credit transactions, including, among others, the:

• Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

• Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

• Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;

• Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

• Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;

 

10


 

• Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring lenders to give borrowers certain disclosures with respect to the origination and servicing of one to four family mortgage loans;

• Service Members Civil Relief Act, which amended the Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940, governing the repayment terms of and property rights underlying secured obligations of persons in military service; and the rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws and regulations, which continue to be extensively amended and revised.

Federal Laws Applicable to Deposit Operations. Among other laws and regulations, the deposit operations of the Bank are subject to the following federal laws and their related regulations:

• Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

• Electronic Funds Transfer Act, which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;

• Expedited Funds Availability Act, which standardizes hold periods for deposits and regulates financial institutions’ use of deposit holds;

• Truth-in-Savings Act, which requires uniform disclosure of terms and conditions regarding interest and fees when giving out information on or opening a new savings account; and

• the rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws, which continue to be extensively amended and revised.

Interstate Banking and Branching

Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Riegle-Neal Act”), a bank holding company may acquire banks in states other than its home state, subject to any state requirement that the bank has been organized and operating for a minimum period of time, not to exceed five years, and the requirement that the bank holding company, prior to or following the proposed acquisition, control no more than 10% of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions nationwide and no more than 30% of such deposits in that state (or such amount as set by the state if such amount is lower than 30%).

The Riegle-Neal Act also authorizes banks to merge across state lines, thereby creating interstate branches. Banks are also permitted to either acquire existing banks or to establish new branches in other states where authorized under the laws of those states. Effective July 21, 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act also required that a bank holding company or bank be well-capitalized and well-managed (rather than simply adequately capitalized and adequately managed) in order to take advantage of these interstate banking and branching provisions.

Depositor Preference

The FDI Act provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution (including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors) and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver, will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Changes in Laws, Regulations or Policies

Banking is a heavily regulated industry.  Additional initiatives may be proposed or introduced before Congress and other government bodies in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial institutions and may subject the Company to increased supervision and disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various bank regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations and policies to implement and enforce existing legislation. It cannot be predicted whether, or in what form, any such legislation or regulatory changes in policy may be enacted or the extent to which the business of the Company would be affected thereby.

 

11


 

State Regulation

BancFirst is an Oklahoma-chartered state bank. Accordingly, BancFirst’s operations are subject to various requirements and restrictions of Oklahoma state law relating to loans, lending limits, interest rates payable on deposits, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends, capital adequacy and other matters. However, Oklahoma banking law specifically empowers a state-chartered bank such as BancFirst to exercise the same powers as are conferred upon national banks by the laws of the United States and the regulations and policies of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, unless otherwise prohibited or limited by the State Banking Commissioner or the State Banking Board. Accordingly, unless a specific provision of Oklahoma law otherwise provides, a state-chartered bank is empowered to conduct all activities that a national bank may conduct.

National banks are authorized by the GLB Act to engage, through “financial subsidiaries,” in any activity that is permissible for a financial holding company and any activity that the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Federal Reserve Board, determines is financial in nature or incidental to any such financial activity, except (1) insurance underwriting, (2) real estate development or real estate investment activities (unless otherwise permitted by law), (3) insurance company portfolio investments and (4) merchant banking. The authority of a national bank to invest in a financial subsidiary is subject to a number of conditions, including, among other things, requirements that the bank must be well managed and well capitalized (after deducting from the bank’s capital outstanding investments in financial subsidiaries). The GLB Act provides that state nonmember banks, such as BancFirst, may invest in financial subsidiaries (assuming they have the requisite investment authority under applicable state law), subject to the same conditions that apply to national bank investments in financial subsidiaries.

As a state nonmember bank, BancFirst is subject to primary supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the State Banking Board and the FDIC, and Oklahoma law provides that BancFirst must maintain reserves against deposits as required by the FDI Act. The Oklahoma State Bank Commissioner is authorized by statute to accept an FDIC examination in lieu of a state examination. In practice, the FDIC and the Oklahoma State Banking Department alternate examinations of BancFirst. If, as a result of an examination of a bank, the Oklahoma Banking Department determines that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of the bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that the management of the bank is violating or has violated any law or regulation, various remedies, including the remedy of injunction, are available to the Oklahoma Banking Department. Oklahoma law permits the acquisition of an unlimited number of wholly-owned bank subsidiaries so long as aggregate deposits at the time of acquisition in a multi-bank holding company do not exceed 20% of the total amount of deposits of insured depository institutions located in Oklahoma.

In addition to the provisions of the GLB Act that authorize state nonmember banks to invest in financial subsidiaries (assuming they have the requisite investment authority under applicable state law) on the same conditions that apply to national banks, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”) provides that FDIC-insured state banks such as BancFirst may engage directly or through a subsidiary in certain activities that are not permissible for a national bank, if the activity is authorized by applicable state law, the FDIC determines that the activity does not pose a significant risk to the DIF, and the bank is in compliance with its applicable capital standards.

Securities Laws

The Company’s common stock is publicly held and listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, and the Company is subject to the periodic reporting, information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, corporate governance and other requirements and restrictions of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder as well as listing requirements of the NASDAQ. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions that affect corporate governance and executive compensation at most United States publicly traded companies, including the Company.

The Company is also subject to the accounting oversight and corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including:

required executive certification of financial presentation;

increased requirements for board audit committees and their members;

enhanced disclosures of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

enhanced controls over, and reporting of, insider trading and

increased penalties for financial crimes and forfeiture of executive bonuses in certain circumstances.

 

12


 

Available Information

The Company maintains a website at www.bancfirst.com. The Company provides copies of the most recently filed 10-K, 10-Q and proxy statements, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files the material with, or furnishes it to, the SEC. The website also provides links to the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov) where all of the Company’s filings with the SEC can be obtained immediately upon filing. You may also request a copy of the Company’s filings, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

BancFirst Corporation

101 N. Broadway

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102

ATTENTION: Randy Foraker

Executive Vice President

(405) 270-1044

1A. Risk Factors

In the course of conducting our business operations, the Company is exposed to a variety of risks that are inherent to the financial services industry. The following discusses some of the key inherent risk factors that could affect our business and operations, as well as other risk factors which are particularly relevant to us in the current period of significant economic and market disruption. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing the Company. Other factors besides those discussed below or elsewhere in this report also could adversely affect our business and operations, and the risk factors discussed below should not be considered a complete list of potential risks that may affect the Company. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this report constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors set forth below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company.

Risks Related to Our Business

Changes in economic conditions, especially in the State of Oklahoma, pose significant challenges for us and could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is affected by conditions outside our control, including the rate of economic growth in general, the level of unemployment, increases in inflation and the level of interest rates. Economic conditions affect the level of demand for and the profitability of our products and services. A slowdown in the general economic recovery, particularly in Oklahoma, could negatively impact our business. Our bank subsidiary operates exclusively within the State of Oklahoma and, unlike larger national or superregional banks that serve a broader and more diverse geographic region; our lending is also primarily concentrated in the State of Oklahoma. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows are subject to changes in the economic conditions in our state. Our continued success is largely dependent upon the continued growth or stability of the communities we serve. A decline in the economies of these communities could negatively impact our net income and profitability. Additionally, declines in the economies of these communities and of the State of Oklahoma in general could affect our ability to generate new loans or to receive repayments of existing loans, and our ability to attract new deposits, adversely affecting our financial condition.

The Company May Be Adversely Affected By Declining Crude Oil Prices

 

  Recent decisions by members the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) to maintain existing crude oil production levels has resulted in significant declines in market oil prices. Decreased market oil prices have compressed margins for many U.S. and Oklahoma-based oil producers, particularly those that utilize higher-cost production technologies such as hydraulic fracking and horizontal drilling, as well as oilfield service providers, energy equipment manufacturers and transportation suppliers, among others. As of December 31, 2014, the price per barrel of crude oil was approximately $53 compared to approximately $98 as of December 31, 2013. While many of the Company’s customers have hedged their exposure to oil price changes in the near term, if oil prices remain at these low levels for an extended period, the Company could experience weaker energy loan demand and increased losses within its energy portfolio. Furthermore, a prolonged period of low oil prices could also have a negative impact on the U.S. economy and, in particular, the economies of states such as Oklahoma, where the energy industry is a significant driver of economic development. Although as of December 31, 2014, energy loans comprised less than 3% of the Company’s loan portfolio, the impact of lower oil prices could have an indirect impact on the Company’s other loan portfolio segments, for example, commercial real estate (“CRE”).

 

13


 

A substantial portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, in particular commercial real estate. Deterioration in the real estate markets could lead to losses, which could have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Loans secured by real estate have been a large portion of our loan portfolio. At December 31, 2014, this percentage was 65.8% compared to 67.3% at December 31, 2013. While our record of asset quality has historically been solid, we cannot guarantee that our record of asset quality will be maintained in future periods. Although we were not, and are not, involved in subprime lending, the ramifications of the subprime lending crisis and the turmoil in the financial and capital markets that followed have been far-reaching, with real estate values declining and unemployment and bankruptcies rising throughout the nation, including the region we serve. The ability of our borrowers to repay their loans could be adversely impacted by the significant change in market conditions, which not only could result in our experiencing an increase in charge-offs, but also could necessitate increasing our provision for loan losses. In addition, because multi-family and commercial real estate loans represent the majority of our real estate loans outstanding, a decline in tenant occupancy due to such factors or for other reasons could adversely impact the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans on a timely basis, which could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

If a significant number of customers fail to perform under their loans, our business, profitability and financial condition would be adversely affected.

As a lender, we face the risk that a significant number of our borrowers will fail to pay their loans resulting from other risks, including the impact of changes in interest rates and changes in the economic conditions in the markets where the Company operates. If borrower defaults cause losses in excess of our allowance for loan losses, it could have an adverse effect on our business, profitability and financial condition. We have established an evaluation process designed to recognize loan losses as they occur. While this evaluation process uses historical and other objective information, the classification of loans and the estimation of loan losses are dependent to a great extent on our experience and judgment. If charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, possibly, capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” located elsewhere in this report for further discussion related to our process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. We cannot assure you that our future loan losses will not have any material adverse effects on our business, profitability or financial condition.

Technological advances in payment processing is expected to negatively impact the Company’s interchange revenue

Interchange fees, or “swipe” fees, are charges that merchants pay to the processors who, in turn, share that revenue with Company and other card-issuing banks for processing electronic payment transactions. Rapid, significant technological changes continue to confront the payments industry. Technological advances and the growth of e-commerce have made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer products and services that traditionally were banking products, and for financial institutions and other companies to provide electronic and internet-based financial solutions for processing electronic payment transactions. These include developments in smart cards, e-commerce, mobile, and radio frequency and proximity payment devices, such as contactless cards. Ongoing or increased competition in payment processing may restrict the Company’s ability to generate interchange revenue in the future. For the year ended December 31, 2014, debit card interchange revenue represented 23.7% of the Company’s noninterest income.

New consumer protection laws may reduce the Company’s noninterest income

The Company is subject to a number of federal and state consumer protection laws that extensively govern its relationship with its customers. The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB") with powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit "unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices.” The CFPB also has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets for certain designated consumer laws and regulations. The other federal banking agencies enforce such consumer laws and regulations for banks and savings institutions under $10 billion in assets. These and other federal laws, among other things, require disclosures of the cost of credit and terms of deposit accounts, provide substantive consumer rights, prohibit discrimination in credit transactions, regulate the use of credit report information, provide financial privacy protections, prohibit unfair, deceptive and abusive practices, and restrict the Company’s ability to raise interest rates and charge NSF fees. A significant portion of our noninterest income is derived from service charge income, including NSF fees, which represented 24.7% of the Company’s noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2014.  Violations of applicable consumer protection laws can also result in significant potential liability from litigation brought by customers, including actual damages, restitution and attorneys’ fees.

 

14


 

Fluctuations in interest rates could reduce our profitability.

We realize income primarily from the difference between interest earned on loans and investments and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-earning assets will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-bearing liabilities, or vice versa. Changes in market interest rates could either positively or negatively affect our net interest income and our profitability, depending on the magnitude, direction and duration of the change. If interest rates remain low, our net interest margin could experience further compression.

We are unable to predict fluctuations of market interest rates, which are affected by, among other factors, changes in inflation rates, economic growth, money supply, government debt, domestic and foreign financial markets and political developments, including terrorist acts and acts of war. Our asset-liability management strategy, which is designed to mitigate our risk from changes in market interest rates, may not be able to mitigate changes in interest rates from having a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in monetary policies may have an adverse effect on our business.

Our results of operations are affected by credit policies of monetary authorities, particularly the Federal Reserve Board. Actions by monetary and fiscal authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board, could have an adverse effect on our deposit levels, loan demand or business earnings. See “Item 1 - Business-Supervision and Regulation.” Our profitability is greatly dependent upon our earning a positive interest spread between our loan and securities portfolio, and our funding deposits and borrowings. Changes in the level of interest rates, or a prolonged unfavorable interest rate environment, or a decrease in our level of deposits that increases our cost of funds could negatively affect our profitability and financial condition.

There can be no assurance that actions of the U.S. Government, Federal Reserve Board and other governmental and regulatory bodies for the purpose of stabilizing the financial markets will achieve the intended long-term effect.

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008, the U.S. Government responded to the ongoing financial crisis and economic slowdown by enacting new legislation and expanding or establishing a number of programs and initiatives. The U.S. Treasury, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board each have developed programs and facilities, including, among others, the Dodd-Frank Act and other efforts, designed to increase inter-bank lending, improve funding for consumer receivables and restore consumer and counterparty confidence in the banking sector, as more particularly described in “Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation.” There can be no assurance as to the long-term impact that any such initiatives or governmental programs will have on the financial markets, including the high levels of volatility and limited credit availability. Unintended long-term consequences of these programs or initiatives could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit, or the trading price of our common stock and other equity and debt securities.

The repeal of federal prohibitions on payment of interest on business checking accounts could increase our Company’s interest expense.

All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts were repealed as part of the Dodd-Frank Act beginning on July 21, 2011. As a result, some financial institutions have commenced offering interest on business checking accounts to compete for customers. Our interest expense will increase and our net interest margin will decrease if we begin offering interest on business checking accounts to attract additional customers or maintain current customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business and subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny or civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

15


 

We rely on certain external vendors.

We are reliant upon certain external vendors to provide products and services necessary to maintain our day-to-day operations. Accordingly, our operations are exposed to risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements. The failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements could be disruptive to our operations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

We have a continuing need for technological change.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving our customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations as we continue to grow and expand our market area. Many of our larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. As a result, they may be able to offer additional or superior products to those that we will be able to offer, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing such products and services to our customers.

Maintaining or increasing our market share depends on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services.

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to adapt our products and services to evolving industry standards and consumer demand. There is increasing pressure on financial services companies to provide products and services at lower prices. In addition, the widespread adoption of new technologies, including Internet-based services, could require us to make substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our existing products or services. A failure to achieve market acceptance of any new products we introduce, or a failure to introduce products that the market may demand, could have an adverse effect on our business, profitability, or growth prospects.

We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in federal and state laws and regulations.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by federal and state banking authorities. Any change in applicable regulations or federal or state legislation could have a substantial impact on us and our results of operations. The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, instituted major changes to the banking and financial institutions regulatory regimes. Other changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies or supervisory guidance, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance, could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject the Company to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products the Company may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance could result in enforcement and other legal actions by federal or state authorities, including criminal and civil penalties, the loss of FDIC insurance, the revocation of a banking charter, other sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputational damage. In this regard, government authorities, including the bank regulatory agencies, are pursuing aggressive enforcement actions with respect to compliance and other legal matters involving financial activities, which heightens the risks associated with actual and perceived compliance failures. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

See the sections captioned “Supervision and Regulation” included in Item 1. Business, located elsewhere in this report.

Our recent results may not be indicative of future results.

We may not be able to sustain our historical rate of growth or may not be able to grow our business at all. Various factors, such as poor economic conditions, changes in interest rates, regulatory and legislative considerations and competition may also impede or inhibit our ability to expand our market presence. If we experience a significant decrease in our rate of growth, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected due to a high percentage of our operating costs being fixed expenses.

 

16


 

Competition with other financial institutions could adversely affect our profitability.

We face vigorous competition from banks and other financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, savings banks, finance companies and credit unions. A portion of these banks and other financial institutions have substantially greater resources and lending limits, larger branch systems and other banking services that we do not offer. To a limited extent, we also compete with other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies and insurance companies. When new competitors seek to enter one of our markets, or when existing market participants seek to increase their market share, they sometimes undercut the pricing and/or credit terms prevalent in that market. This competition may reduce or limit our margins on banking and trust services, reduce our market share and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

There can be no assurance that the integration of our acquisitions will be successful or will not result in unforeseen difficulties that may absorb significant management attention.

Our completed acquisitions, or any future acquisition, may not produce the revenue, cost savings, earnings or synergies that we anticipated. The process of integrating acquired companies into our business may also result in unforeseen difficulties. Unforeseen operating difficulties may absorb significant management attention, which we might otherwise devote to our existing business. Also, the process may require significant financial resources that we might otherwise allocate to other activities, including the ongoing development or expansion of our existing operations. Additionally, we may be exposed to potential asset quality issues or unknown or contingent liabilities of the banks, businesses, assets and liabilities we acquire. If these issues or liabilities exceed our estimates, our results of operations and financial condition may be negatively affected.

If we pursue a future acquisition, our management could spend a significant amount of time and effort identifying and completing the acquisition. If we make a future acquisition, we could issue equity securities which would dilute current stockholders’ percentage ownership, incur substantial debt, assume contingent liabilities, be required to record an impairment of goodwill or any combination of the foregoing.

Changes in accounting standards could impact the Company’s financial statements and reported earnings.

Accounting standard-setting bodies, such as the Financial Accounting Standards Board, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting standards that affect the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. These changes are beyond the Company’s control and could have a meaningful impact on its consolidated financial statements.

The Company’s accounting estimates and risk-management processes may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss.

The Company maintains an enterprise risk-management program that is designed to identify, quantify, monitor, report and control the risks that it faces. These include interest-rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, reputational risk and compliance and litigation risk. While the Company assesses and improves this program on an ongoing basis, there can be no assurance that its approach and framework for risk-management and related controls will effectively mitigate risk and limit losses in its business. To comply with generally accepted accounting principles, management must sometimes exercise judgment in selecting, determining and applying accounting methods, assumptions and estimates. This can arise, for example, in determining the allowance for loan losses or the fair value of assets or liabilities. The judgments required of management can involve difficult, subjective, or complex matters with a high degree of uncertainty, and several different judgments could be reasonable under the circumstances and yet result in significantly different results being reported. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in Part II, Item 7. If management’s judgments later prove to have been inaccurate, we may experience unexpected losses that could be substantial.

Additionally, the processes the Company uses to estimate its probable loan losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the processes used to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, depends upon the use of analytical and forecasting models. These models reflect assumptions that may not be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if these assumptions are adequate, the models may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or their implementation. If the models the Company uses for interest rate risk and asset-liability management are inadequate, the Company may incur increased or unexpected losses upon changes in market interest rates or other market measures. If the models the Company uses for determining its probable loan losses are inadequate, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to support future charge-offs. If the models the Company uses to measure the fair value of financial instruments are inadequate, the fair value of such financial instruments may fluctuate unexpectedly or may not accurately reflect what the Company could realize upon sale or settlement of such financial instruments. Any such failure in the Company’s analytical or forecasting models could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

17


 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud could harm our business. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires management and our auditors to evaluate and assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. These requirements may be modified, supplemented or amended from time to time. Implementing these changes may take a significant amount of time and may require specific compliance training of our personnel. We have in the past discovered, and may in the future discover, areas of our internal control over financial reporting that need improvement. If we or our auditors discover a material weakness, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could reduce the market’s confidence in our financial statements and have an adverse effect on our stock price. We may not be able to effectively and timely implement necessary control changes and employee training to ensure continued compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulatory and reporting requirements. Our historic growth and our planned expansion through acquisitions present challenges to maintaining the internal control and disclosure control standards applicable to public companies. If we fail to maintain effective internal controls we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny and sanctions, our ability to recognize revenue could be impaired and investors could lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports. We cannot assure you that we will continue to fully comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or that management or our auditors will conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective in future periods.

The soundness of other financial institutions could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth and profitability.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose our business to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral we hold cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to us. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to liquidity risk.

Liquidity is the ability to fund increases in assets and meet obligations as they come due, all without incurring unacceptable losses. Banks are especially vulnerable to liquidity risk because of their role in the transformation of demand or short-term deposits into longer-term loans or other extensions of credit. The Company, like other financial-services companies, relies to a significant extent on external sources of funding (such as deposits and borrowings) for the liquidity needed in the conduct of its business. A number of factors beyond the Company’s control, however, could have a detrimental impact on the level or cost of that funding and thus on its liquidity. These include market disruptions, changes in its credit ratings or the sentiment of its investors, the loss of substantial deposit relationships and reputational damage. Unexpected declines or limits on the dividends declared and paid by the Company’s subsidiaries also could adversely affect its liquidity position. While the Company’s policies and controls are designed to ensure that it maintains adequate liquidity to conduct its business in the ordinary course even in a stressed environment, there can be no assurance that its liquidity position will never become compromised. In such an event, the Company may be required to sell assets at a loss in order to continue its operations. This could damage the performance and value of its business, prompt regulatory intervention and harm its reputation, and if the condition were to persist for any appreciable period of time, its viability as a going concern could be threatened. See “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Liquidity Risk” in Part II, Item 7A for a discussion of how the Company monitors and manages liquidity risk.

We have businesses other than banking.

In addition to commercial banking services, we provide life and other insurance products, as well as other business and financial services. We may in the future develop or acquire other non-banking businesses. As a result of other such businesses, our earnings could be subject to risks and uncertainties that are different from those to which our commercial banking services are subject. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products and services the Company may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product or service. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new product or service could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products or services could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

18


 

We may need to raise additional capital in the future, and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs, particularly if our asset quality or earnings were to deteriorate significantly. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control and our financial performance. Economic conditions and the loss of confidence in financial institutions may increase our cost of funding and limit access to certain customary sources of capital, including inter-bank borrowings, repurchase agreements and borrowings from the discount window of the Federal Reserve Board.

We cannot assure that such capital will be available on acceptable terms or at all. Any occurrence that may limit our access to the capital markets, such as a decline in the confidence of debt purchasers, depositors or counterparties participating in the capital markets, or a downgrade of our debt ratings, may adversely affect our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our liquidity. Moreover, if we need to raise capital in the future, we may have to do so when many other financial institutions are also seeking to raise capital, and we would have to compete with those institutions for investors. An inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a materially adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely heavily on our management team, and the unexpected loss of key managers may adversely affect our operations.

Our success to-date has been strongly influenced by our ability to attract and to retain senior management experienced in banking and financial services. Our ability to retain executive officers and the current management teams of each of our lines of business will continue to be important to the successful implementation of our strategies. We do not have employment or non-compete agreements with these key employees. The unexpected loss of services of any key management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Associated with Our Common Stock

Our stock price can be volatile.

Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things: actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations; recommendations by securities analysts; operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us; news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry; perceptions in the marketplace regarding us and/or our competitors; new technology used, or services offered by competitors; significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving us or our competitors; failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions; changes in government regulations; and geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts.

General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes or credit loss trends, could also cause our stock price to decrease regardless of operating results.

The trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies.

Although our common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the trading volume in our common stock is less than that of other, larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have

 

19


 

no control. Given the lower trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause our stock price to fall.

We may not continue to pay dividends on our common stock in the future.

We have historically paid a common stock dividend.  However, as a bank holding company, our ability to declare and pay dividends is dependent on certain federal regulatory considerations, including the guidelines of the Federal Reserve Board regarding capital adequacy and dividends. Additionally, the ability of the Company to declare or pay dividends on its common stock may also be subject to certain restrictions in the event that the Company elects to defer the payment of interest on its junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures. There can be no certainty that our common dividend will continue to be paid at the current levels. It is possible that our common dividend could be reduced or even cease to be paid. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and investors may lose all or part of their investment.

Our directors and executive officers own a significant portion of our common stock and can influence stockholder decisions.

Our directors and executive officers, as a group, beneficially owned approximately 50% of our outstanding common stock as of January 30, 2015. As a result of their ownership, the directors and executive officers have the ability, by voting their shares in concert, to control the outcome of any matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors, which requires only a majority vote. The directors and executive officers may vote to cause us to take actions with which our other stockholders do not agree.

Our stockholder rights plan, amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as well as certain provisions of banking law and Oklahoma corporate law, could make it difficult for a third party to acquire our company.

We have a stockholder rights plan that may have the effect of discouraging unsolicited takeover proposals. The rights issued under the stockholder rights plan would cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire us on terms not approved in advance by our board of directors. In addition, Oklahoma corporate law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contain provisions that could delay, deter or prevent a change in control of our company or our management. Together, these provisions may discourage transactions that otherwise could provide for the payment of a premium over prevailing market prices of our common stock, and also could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.  Additionally, provisions of federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to the Company’s shareholders. These provisions effectively inhibit a non-negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.

An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit.

Our common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in our common stock inherently involves risk for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, if you acquire our common stock, you could lose some or all of your investment.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

The principal offices of the Company are located at 101 North Broadway, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102. The Company owns substantially all of the properties and buildings in which its various offices and facilities are located. These properties include the main bank, a technology and operations center and 95 branches. BancFirst also owns properties for future expansion. There are no significant encumbrances on any of these properties. (See Note 6 - “Premises and Equipment, Net” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Company’s properties).

 

20


 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

The Company has been named as a defendant in various legal actions arising from the conduct of its normal business activities. Although the amount of any liability that could arise with respect to these actions cannot be accurately predicted, in the opinion of the Company, any such liability will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

None.

PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Common Stock Market Prices and Dividends

The Company’s Common Stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market System (“NASDAQ/GS”) and is traded under the symbol “BANF”. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, (i) the high and low sales prices of the Company’s Common Stock as reported in the NASDAQ/GS consolidated transaction reporting system and (ii) the quarterly dividends per share declared on the Common Stock.

 

 

  

Price Range

 

 

  

High

 

  

Low

 

  

Cash
Dividends
Declared

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

69.49

 

 

$

61.24

 

 

$

0.34

 

Third Quarter

 

 

68.00

 

 

 

57.31

 

 

 

0.34

 

Second Quarter

 

 

62.90

 

 

 

56.19

 

 

 

0.31

 

First Quarter

 

 

58.29

 

 

 

50.62

 

 

 

0.31

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

58.02

 

 

$

52.01

 

 

$

0.31

 

Third Quarter

 

 

56.19

 

 

 

46.46

 

 

 

0.31

 

Second Quarter

 

 

47.14

 

 

 

40.11

 

 

 

0.29

 

First Quarter

 

 

43.65

 

 

 

39.13

 

 

 

0.29

 

As of January 30, 2015 there were 297 holders of record of our Common Stock. In addition to the holders of record, there were approximately 4,000 beneficial owners of our Common Stock. The closing price of our Common Stock on January 30, 2015 was $57.66 per share.

Future dividend payments will be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in light of the earnings and financial condition of the Company and the Bank, their capital needs, applicable governmental policies and regulations and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

BancFirst Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank, and its ability to pay dividends is substantially dependent upon dividend payments received from the Bank. Various laws, regulations and regulatory policies limit the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to BancFirst Corporation, as well as BancFirst Corporation’s ability to pay dividends to its stockholders. See “Liquidity and Funding” and “Capital Resources” under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Business-Supervision and Regulation” and Note (15) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding limitations on the payment of dividends by BancFirst Corporation and the Bank.

Stock Repurchases

In November 1999, the Company adopted a Stock Repurchase Program (the “SRP”). The SRP may be used as a means to increase earnings per share and return on equity, to purchase treasury stock for the exercise of stock options or for distributions under the Deferred Stock Compensation Plan, to provide liquidity for optionees to dispose of stock from exercises of their stock options and to provide liquidity for stockholders wishing to sell their stock. All shares repurchased under the SRP have been retired and not held

 

21


 

as treasury stock. The timing, price and amount of stock repurchases under the SRP may be determined by management and approved by the Company’s Executive Committee. At December 31, 2014 there were 194,723 shares remaining that could be repurchased under the Company’s November 1999 Stock Repurchase Program. The amount approved is subject to amendment. The Stock Repurchase Program will remain in effect until all shares are repurchased.

No purchases were made by or on behalf of the Company or any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), of the Company’s common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2014.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Information regarding stock-based compensation awards outstanding and available for future grants as of December 31, 2014 is presented in the table below. All of the Company’s stock-based compensation plans have been approved by the Company’s stockholders.  Additional information regarding stock-based compensation plans is presented in Note 13 – Stock-Based Compensation in the notes to consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data located elsewhere in this report.

 

 

(a)

(b)

(c)

 

 

 

 

 

Plan Category

 

Number of Securities

to be Issued Upon

Exercise of

Outstanding Options,

Warrants, and Rights

 

Weighted Average

Exercise Price of

Outstanding

Options, Warrants

and Rights

Number of Securities Remaining

Available for Future Issuance

Under Equity Compensation

Plans (Excluding Securities

Reflected in Column(a))

Equity compensation plans

approved by security holders:

 

 

 

BancFirst Corporation Nonqualified Incentive Stock Option Plan and BancFirst Corporation Non-Employee

  Directors’ Stock Option Plan

1,029,657

$36.55

134,985

Equity compensation plans not   approved by security holders:

 

 

 

BancFirst Corporation Directors’

  Deferred Stock Compensation Plan

60,859

37.41

12,446

 

 

 

 

                   Total

1,090,516

$36.59

147,431

Performance Graph

The Company’s performance graph is incorporated by reference from “Company Performance” contained on the last page of this 10-K report.

 

22


 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following table sets forth certain historical consolidated financial data as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2014. The historical consolidated financial data has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The historical consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this report.

 

 

  

At and for the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2010

 

 

  

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Income Statement Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

181,351

 

 

$

163,519

 

 

$

164,815

 

 

$

156,897

 

 

$

142,757

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

3,072

 

 

 

1,258

 

 

 

3,100

 

 

 

4,515

 

 

 

2,954

 

Noninterest income

 

 

96,413

 

 

 

90,155

 

 

 

87,717

 

 

 

76,961

 

 

 

69,938

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

183,521

 

 

 

171,574

 

 

 

170,428

 

 

 

158,646

 

 

 

144,095

 

Net income

 

 

63,887

 

 

 

54,317

 

 

 

51,900

 

 

 

45,621

 

 

 

42,309

 

Balance Sheet Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

6,574,972

 

 

$

6,038,974

 

 

$

6,022,250

 

 

$

5,608,825

 

 

$

5,060,249

 

Securities

 

 

524,783

 

 

 

527,627

 

 

 

562,542

 

 

 

614,977

 

 

 

743,803

 

Total loans (net of unearned interest)

 

 

3,860,831

 

 

 

3,387,146

 

 

 

3,242,427

 

 

 

3,013,498

 

 

 

2,811,964

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

40,889

 

 

 

39,034

 

 

 

38,725

 

 

 

37,656

 

 

 

35,745

 

Deposits

 

 

5,904,704

 

 

 

5,419,519

 

 

 

5,440,830

 

 

 

5,037,735

 

 

 

4,503,754

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

6,938

 

 

 

9,178

 

 

 

18,476

 

 

 

34,265

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

26,804

 

 

 

26,804

 

 

 

26,804

 

 

 

36,083

 

 

 

28,866

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

609,314

 

 

 

556,997

 

 

 

519,567

 

 

 

483,041

 

 

 

458,594

 

Per Common Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income – basic

 

$

4.14

 

 

$

3.56

 

 

$

3.42

 

 

$

2.99

 

 

$

2.76

 

Net income – diluted

 

 

4.04

 

 

 

3.49

 

 

 

3.36

 

 

 

2.93

 

 

 

2.70

 

Cash dividends

 

 

1.30

 

 

 

1.20

 

 

 

1.12

 

 

 

1.04

 

 

 

0.96

 

Book value

 

 

39.30

 

 

 

36.33

 

 

 

34.09

 

 

 

31.95

 

 

 

29.84

 

Tangible book value

 

 

35.71

 

 

 

32.75

 

 

 

30.37

 

 

 

28.07

 

 

 

26.19

 

Selected Financial Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average assets

 

 

1.00

%

 

 

0.93

%

 

 

0.91

%

 

 

0.85

%

 

 

0.92

%

Return on average stockholders’ equity

 

 

10.92

 

 

 

10.09

 

 

 

10.32

 

 

 

9.65

 

 

 

9.45

 

Cash dividends payout ratio

 

 

31.40

 

 

 

33.73

 

 

 

32.74

 

 

 

34.78

 

 

 

34.78

 

Net interest spread

 

 

2.94

 

 

 

2.89

 

 

 

2.93

 

 

 

2.96

 

 

 

3.06

 

Net interest margin

 

 

3.09

 

 

 

3.04

 

 

 

3.13

 

 

 

3.20

 

 

 

3.37

 

Efficiency ratio

 

 

66.07

 

 

 

67.64

 

 

 

67.49

 

 

 

67.84

 

 

 

67.75

 

Balance Sheet Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average loans to deposits

 

 

63.64

%

 

 

62.69

%

 

 

60.27

%

 

 

60.64

%

 

 

67.58

%

Average earning assets to total assets

 

 

92.71

 

 

 

92.65

 

 

 

92.73

 

 

 

92.49

 

 

 

92.74

 

Average stockholders’ equity to average assets

 

 

9.19

 

 

 

9.23

 

 

 

8.79

 

 

 

8.85

 

 

 

9.74

 

Asset Quality Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming and restructured loans to total loans

 

 

0.88

%

 

 

0.98

%

 

 

1.20

%

 

 

0.76

%

 

 

1.00

%

Nonperforming and restructured assets to total assets

 

 

0.64

 

 

 

0.69

 

 

 

0.81

 

 

 

0.71

 

 

 

1.01

 

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

 

 

1.06

 

 

 

1.15

 

 

 

1.19

 

 

 

1.25

 

 

 

1.27

 

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming and restructured loans

 

 

120.05

 

 

 

117.60

 

 

 

99.42

 

 

 

163.54

 

 

 

127.25

 

Net charge-offs to average loans

 

 

0.03

 

 

 

0.03

 

 

 

0.07

 

 

 

0.09

 

 

 

0.13

 

 

23


 

CONSOLIDATED AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS AND INTEREST MARGIN ANALYSIS

Taxable Equivalent Basis

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

  

December 31, 2014

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

  

Average
Balance

 

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

  

Average
Yield/
Rate

 

 

Average
Balance

 

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

  

Average
Yield/
Rate

 

 

Average
Balance

 

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

  

Average
Yield/
Rate

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (1)

 

$

3,643,018

 

 

$

183,280

 

 

 

5.03

%

 

$

3,281,303

 

 

$

167,345

 

 

 

5.10

%

 

$

3,099,888

 

 

$

169,510

 

 

 

5.47

%

Securities—taxable

 

 

504,263

 

 

 

5,727

 

 

 

1.14

 

 

 

485,158

 

 

 

4,947

 

 

 

1.02

 

 

 

517,103

 

 

 

7,686

 

 

 

1.49

 

Securities—tax exempt

 

 

41,155

 

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

3.97

 

 

 

42,372

 

 

 

1,880

 

 

 

4.44

 

 

 

49,701

 

 

 

2,392

 

 

 

4.81

 

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks

 

 

1,716,368

 

 

 

4,393

 

 

 

0.26

 

 

 

1,597,546

 

 

 

4,066

 

 

 

0.25

 

 

 

1,641,366

 

 

 

4,203

 

 

 

0.26

 

Total earning assets

 

 

5,904,804

 

 

 

195,032

 

 

 

3.30

 

 

 

5,406,379

 

 

 

178,238

 

 

 

3.30

 

 

 

5,308,058

 

 

 

183,791

 

 

 

3.46

 

Nonearning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

 

189,457

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

161,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

144,884

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest receivable and other assets

 

 

315,544

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

306,360

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

308,643

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(40,768

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(38,916

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(37,636

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total nonearning assets

 

 

464,233

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

429,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

415,891

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

6,369,037

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,835,573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,723,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transaction deposits

 

$

750,603

 

 

$

747

 

 

 

0.10

%

 

$

653,893

 

 

$

643

 

 

 

0.10

%

 

$

712,800

 

 

$

966

 

 

 

0.14

%

Savings deposits

 

 

1,992,673

 

 

 

4,520

 

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

1,827,575

 

 

 

4,231

 

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

1,757,331

 

 

 

5,571

 

 

 

0.32

 

Time deposits

 

 

783,958

 

 

 

5,528

 

 

 

0.71

 

 

 

799,817

 

 

 

6,705

 

 

 

0.84

 

 

 

864,524

 

 

 

8,713

 

 

 

1.01

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

9,206

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

0.18

 

 

 

4,866

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

0.13

 

 

 

6,898

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

0.40

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

1,635

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

1.53

 

 

 

9,324

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

2.32

 

 

 

12,323

 

 

 

360

 

 

 

2.92

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

26,804

 

 

 

1,966

 

 

 

7.34

 

 

 

26,804

 

 

 

1,966

 

 

 

7.34

 

 

 

31,072

 

 

 

2,134

 

 

 

6.87

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

3,564,879

 

 

 

12,802

 

 

 

0.36

 

 

 

3,322,279

 

 

 

13,767

 

 

 

0.41

 

 

 

3,384,948

 

 

 

17,772

 

 

 

0.53

 

Interest-free funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

 

2,197,474

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,952,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,809,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest payable and other liabilities

 

 

21,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

585,035

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

538,540

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

502,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest free-funds

 

 

2,804,158

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,513,294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,339,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stock-holders’ equity

 

$

6,369,037

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,835,573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5,723,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

$

182,230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

164,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

166,019

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.94

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.89

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.93

%

Effect of interest free funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.15

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.15

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.20

%

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.09

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.04

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.13

%

 

(1)

Nonaccrual loans are included in the average loan balances and any interest on such nonaccrual loans is recognized on a cash basis.

 

 

 

 

24


  Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion and analysis presents factors that the Company believes are relevant to an assessment and understanding of the Company’s financial position and results of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2014. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and the selected consolidated financial data included herein.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The Company may make forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to earnings, credit quality, corporate objectives, interest rates and other financial and business matters. Forward-looking statements include estimates and give management’s current expectations or forecasts of future events. The Company cautions readers that these forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, including economic conditions; the performance of financial markets and interest rates; legislative and regulatory actions and reforms; competition; as well as other factors, all of which change over time. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) projections of revenues, expenses, income or loss, earnings or loss per share, the payment or nonpayment of dividends, capital structure and other financial items; (ii) statements of plans, objectives and expectations, including those relating to products or services; (iii) statements of future economic performance; and (iv) statements of assumptions underlying such statements. Words such as “believes”, “anticipates”, “expects”, “intends”, “targeted”, “continue”, “remain”, “will”, “should”, “may” and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

·

Local, regional, national and international economic conditions and the impact they may have on the Company and its customers and the Company’s assessment of that impact.

·

Changes in the mix of loan geographies, sectors and types or the level of non-performing assets and charge-offs.

·

Changes in estimates of future reserve requirements based upon the periodic review thereof under relevant regulatory and accounting requirements.

·

Inflation, interest rate, crude oil price, securities market and monetary fluctuations.

·

The effect of changes in laws and regulations (including laws and regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance) with which the Company must comply.

·

Impairment of the Company’s goodwill or other intangible assets.

·

Changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits.

·

Changes in the financial performance and/or condition of the Company’s borrowers.

·

Technological changes.

·

Acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses.

·

The effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters.

·

The Company’s success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing items.

 

Actual results may differ materially from forward-looking statements.

SUMMARY

BancFirst Corporation’s net income for 2014 was $63.9 million, or $4.04 per diluted share, compared to $54.3 million, or $3.49 per diluted share for 2013 and $51.9 million, or $3.36 per diluted share for 2012.

In 2014, net interest income was $181.4 million, compared to $163.5 million in 2013 and $164.8 million in 2012. The Company’s net interest margin was 3.09% for 2014, compared to 3.04% for 2013 and 3.13% for 2012. Provision for loan losses was $3.1 million in 2014 compared to $1.3 million in 2013 and $3.1 million in 2012. The 2014 provision for loan losses included a reversal of $5.3 million as a result of a change in the loan loss factors due to extraordinarily low charge offs realized over the past several years. Net charge-offs to average loans for 2014 and 2013 was 0.03%, compared to 0.07% for 2012. Noninterest income totaled $96.4 million in 2014 compared to $90.2 million in 2013 and $87.7 million in 2012. Noninterest expense was $183.5 million in 2014 compared to $171.6 million in 2013 and $170.4 million in 2012. The effective income tax rate for tax year ended 2014 decreased

 

25


to 29.9% compared to 32.8% for the tax year ended 2013 due primarily to new tax credits utilized and the recognition of state deferred tax benefits.

The Company’s assets at year end 2014 totaled $6.6 billion, compared to $6.0 billion at both December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Loans totaled $3.9 billion versus $3.4 billion for 2013 and $3.2 billion for 2012. Total deposits were $5.9 billion for 2014 and $5.4 billion for both 2013 and 2012. The Company’s liquidity remained high as its average loan-to-deposit ratio was 63.6% for 2014, compared to 62.7% for 2013 and 60.3% for 2012. Stockholders’ equity was $609.3 million compared to $557.0 million for 2013 and $519.6 million for 2012. Average stockholders’ equity to average assets was 9.19% at December 31, 2014, compared to 9.23% at December 31, 2013 and 8.79% at December 31, 2012.

Asset quality remained strong. Nonperforming and restructured assets were 0.64% of total assets at December 31, 2014, compared to 0.69% at December 31, 2013 and 0.81% at December 31, 2012. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.06% for 2014 compared to 1.15% for 2013 and 1.19% for 2012.

On January 24, 2014, BancFirst assumed all of the deposits and purchased certain assets of The Bank of Union, El Reno, Oklahoma (“The Bank of Union”). The Bank of Union was closed on that day by the Oklahoma State Banking Department. At December 31, 2014, the balance of acquired loans was approximately $74.8 million, the majority of which are classified as performing, and deposits in the acquired branches were approximately $174.4 million. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded core deposit intangibles of approximately $2.2 million and goodwill of $417,000.

On January 19, 2012, Council Oak Investment Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of BancFirst completed the sale of one of its investments that resulted in a pretax gain of approximately $4.5 million. After related expenses and income taxes, the increase in net income approximated $2.6 million.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The Company’s significant accounting policies are described in Note (1) to the consolidated financial statements. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States inherently involves the use of estimates and assumptions, which affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the related disclosures. These estimates relate principally to the allowance for loan losses, income taxes, intangible assets and the fair value of financial instruments. Such estimates and assumptions may change over time and actual amounts realized may differ from those reported. The following is a summary of the accounting policies and estimates that management believes are the most critical.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is management’s estimate of the probable losses incurred in the Company’s loan portfolio through the balance sheet date.

The allowance for loan losses is increased by provisions charged to operating expense and is reduced by net loan charge-offs. The amount of the allowance for loan losses is based on past loan loss experience, evaluations of known impaired loans, levels of adversely classified loans, general economic conditions and other environmental factors. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The majority of the Company’s impaired loans are collateral dependent. For collateral dependent loans, the amount of impairment is measured based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral and is included in the allowance for loan losses.

The amount of the allowance for loan losses is first estimated by each business unit’s management based on their evaluation of their unit’s portfolio. This evaluation involves identifying impaired and adversely classified loans. Specific allowances for losses are determined for impaired loans based on either the loans’ estimated discounted cash flows or the fair values of the collateral. Allowances for adversely classified loans are estimated using historical loss percentages for each type of loan adjusted for various economic and environmental factors related to the underlying loans. An allowance is also estimated for non-adversely classified loans using a historical loss percentage based on losses arising specifically from non-adversely classified loans, adjusted for various economic and environmental factors related to the underlying loans. Each month the Company’s Senior Loan Committee reviews each business unit’s allowance, and the aggregate allowance for the Company and, on a quarterly basis, adjusts and approves the appropriateness of the allowance. In addition, annually or more frequently as needed, the Senior Loan Committee evaluates and establishes the loss percentages used in the estimates of the allowance based on historical loss data, and giving consideration to their assessment of current economic and environmental conditions. To facilitate the Senior Loan Committee’s evaluation, the Company’s Asset Quality Department performs periodic reviews of each of the Company’s business units and reports on the adequacy of

 

26


management’s identification of impaired and adversely classified loans, and their adherence to the Company’s loan policies and procedures.

The process of evaluating the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses necessarily involves the exercise of judgment and consideration of numerous subjective factors and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that the estimate of incurred losses will not change in light of future developments and economic conditions. Different assumptions and conditions could result in a materially different amount for the allowance for loan losses.

Income Taxes

The Company files a consolidated income tax return. Deferred taxes are recognized under the liability method based upon the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities, using the tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods when the related temporary differences are expected to be realized.

The amount of accrued current and deferred income taxes is based on estimates of taxes due or receivable from taxing authorities either currently or in the future. Changes in these accruals are reported as tax expense, and involve estimates of the various components included in determining taxable income, tax credits, other taxes and temporary differences. Changes periodically occur in the estimates due to changes in tax rates, tax laws and regulations and implementation of new tax planning strategies. The process of determining the accruals for income taxes necessarily involves the exercise of considerable judgment and consideration of numerous subjective factors.

Management performs an analysis of the Company’s tax positions annually and believes it is more likely than not that all of its tax positions will be utilized in future years.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Core deposit intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of seven to ten years and customer relationship intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of three to eighteen years. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized based on current prepayment assumptions. Goodwill is not amortized, but is evaluated at a reporting unit level at least annually for impairment or more frequently if other indicators of impairment are present. At least annually in the fourth quarter, intangible assets, excluding mortgage servicing rights, are evaluated for possible impairment. Impairment losses are measured by comparing the fair values of the intangible assets with their recorded amounts. Any impairment losses are reported in the statement of comprehensive income. Mortgage servicing rights are adjusted to fair value semi-annually, if impaired.

The evaluation of remaining core deposit intangibles for possible impairment involves reassessing the useful lives and the recoverability of the intangible assets. The evaluation of the useful lives is performed by reviewing the levels of core deposits of the respective branches acquired. The actual life of a core deposit base may be longer than originally estimated due to more successful retention of customers, or may be shorter due to more rapid runoff. Amortization of core deposit intangibles would be adjusted, if necessary, to amortize the remaining net book values over the remaining lives of the core deposits. The evaluation for recoverability is only performed if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the intangibles may not be recoverable.

The evaluation of goodwill for possible impairment is performed by comparing the fair values of the related reporting units with their carrying amounts including goodwill. The fair values of the related business units are estimated using market data for prices of recent acquisitions of banks and branches.

The evaluation of intangible assets and goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 resulted in no impairments.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Securities that are being held for indefinite periods of time, or that may be sold as part of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy, to provide liquidity or for other reasons, are classified as available for sale and are stated at estimated fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale are reported as a component of stockholders’ equity, net of income tax. Securities that are determined to be impaired, and for which such impairment is determined to be other than temporary, are adjusted to fair value and a corresponding loss is recognized in earnings.

The estimates of fair values of securities and other financial instruments are based on a variety of factors. In some cases, fair values represent quoted market prices for identical or comparable instruments. In other cases, fair values have been estimated based on

 

27


assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates reflecting varying degrees of risk. Accordingly, the fair values may not represent actual values of the financial instruments that could have been realized as of year-end or that will be realized in the future.

Future Application of Accounting Standards

See Note (1) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of recently issued accounting pronouncements and their expected impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Segment Information

See Note (22) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosure regarding the Company’s operating business segments.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, which is the Company’s principal source of operating revenue, increased in 2014 by $17.8 million, to a total of $181.4 million, compared to a decrease of $1.3 million in 2013, and an increase of $7.9 million in 2012. In 2014, net interest income increased due primarily to loan growth and recognition of $2.2 million of discounts from payoffs of acquired loans. In 2013, net interest income decreased slightly due to lower loan rates offset by lower deposit rates and increased loan volume. In 2012, net interest income increased due primarily to higher loan volume and lower deposit rates.

Net interest margin is the ratio of taxable-equivalent net interest income to average earning assets for the period. The Company’s net interest margin was 3.09% for 2014, compared to 3.04% for 2013 and 3.13% for 2012. Net interest margin increased slightly in 2014 despite interest rates remaining at historically low levels. This was due to loan growth and recognition of discounts from payoffs of acquired loans.

Changes in the volume of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in interest rates, determine the changes in net interest income. The following volume/rate analysis summarizes the relative contribution of each of these components to the changes in net interest income in 2014 and 2013. If interest rates and/or loan volume do not increase, management would expect its net interest margin to continue to compress in 2015 as higher yielding loans and securities mature and are replaced at current market rates.

 

28


VOLUME/RATE ANALYSIS

Taxable Equivalent Basis

 

 

  

Change in 2014

 

 

Change in 2013

 

 

  

Total

 

 

Due to
Volume(1)

 

 

Due to
Rate

 

 

Total

 

 

Due to
Volume(1)

 

 

Due to
Rate

 

 

  

(Dollars in thousands)

 

INCREASE (DECREASE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

15,935

 

 

$

18,640

 

 

$

(2,705

)

 

$

(2,165

)

 

$

9,901

 

 

$

(12,066

)

Investments—taxable

 

 

780

 

 

 

(782

)

 

 

1,562

 

 

 

(2,739

)

 

 

(582

)

 

 

(2,157

)

Investments—tax exempt

 

 

(248

)

 

 

(19

)

 

 

(229

)

 

 

(512

)

 

 

(353

)

 

 

(159

)

Interest-bearing deposits with banks and Federal funds sold

 

 

327

 

 

 

299

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

(137

)

 

 

(123

)

 

 

(14

)

Total interest income

 

 

16,794

 

 

 

18,138

 

 

 

(1,344

)

 

 

(5,553

)

 

 

8,843

 

 

 

(14,396

)

Interest Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transaction deposits

 

 

104

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

(323

)

 

 

(151

)

 

 

(172

)

Savings deposits

 

 

289

 

 

 

291

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(1,340

)

 

 

(1,036

)

 

 

(304

)

Time deposits

 

 

(1,177

)

 

 

(73

)

 

 

(1,104

)

 

 

(2,008

)

 

 

616

 

 

 

(2,624

)

Short-term borrowings

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(13

)

Long-term borrowings

 

 

(191

)

 

 

(178

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

(144

)

 

 

(89

)

 

 

(55

)

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(168

)

 

 

(297

)

 

 

129

 

Total interest expense

 

 

(965

)

 

 

127

 

 

 

(1,092

)

 

 

(4,004

)

 

 

(965

)

 

 

(3,039

)

Net interest income

 

$

17,759

 

 

$

18,011

 

 

$

(252

)

 

$

(1,549

)

 

$

9,808

 

 

$

(11,357

)

 

(1)

The effects of changes in the mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have been combined with the changes due to volume.

Provision for Loan Losses

The Company’s provision for loan losses was $3.1 million for 2014, compared to $1.3 million for 2013 and $3.1 million for 2012. The increase in 2014 was primarily a result of internal loan growth. The 2014 provision for loan losses included a reversal of $5.3 million as a result of a change in the loan loss factors due to extraordinarily low charge offs realized over the past several years. The Company establishes an allowance as an estimate of the probable inherent losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is appropriate based upon management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the existing loan portfolio. Should any of the factors considered by management in evaluating the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses change, the Company’s estimate of probable loan losses could also change, which could affect the amount of future provisions for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs were $1.2 million for 2014 compared to $949,000 for 2013 and $2.0 million for 2012. The net charge-offs equated to 0.03%, 0.03% and 0.07% of average loans for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. A more detailed discussion of the allowance for loan losses is provided under “Loans (Including Acquired Loans).”

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income was $96.4 million in 2014 versus $90.2 million in 2013 and $87.7 million in 2012. Total noninterest income increased $6.2 million in 2014, or 6.9%. This compares to an increase of $2.4 million in 2013, or 2.8%, and an increase of $10.7 million, or 14.0%, in 2012. For 2014, service charges on deposits have increased due primarily to an increase in deposit accounts from our acquisition and internal growth. Trust revenue and cash management revenue also increased due to growth in the number of customers and increased activity. For 2013, the increases in revenues were due to increases in service charge revenue as a result of increases in deposits, trust revenue and insurance commissions. For 2012, the increases in revenues were primarily from the pretax securities gain from the sale of an investment by Council Oak Investment Corporation. In addition, revenues from trust services, deposit revenues and insurance commissions increased in 2012. The Company’s operating noninterest income has increased in each of the last five years due to improved pricing strategies, enhanced product lines, acquisitions and internal deposit growth.

The Company had fees from debit card usage totaling $22.8 million, $18.1 million and $16.5 million for the years 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Dodd-Frank Act has given the Federal Reserve Board the authority to establish rules regarding debit card interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers. Because of the uncertainty as to any future rulemaking by the Federal Reserve Board and the inability to forecast competitive responses, the Company cannot provide any assurance as to the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the amount of revenue from debit card usage reported in future periods.

 

29


The Company recognized a net gain on the sale of securities of $1.6 million in 2014, $0.4 million in 2013 and $4.9 million in 2012, due primarily to sales of investments by Council Oak Investment Corporation. The Company’s practice is to maintain a liquid portfolio of securities and not engage in trading activities. The Company has the ability and intent to hold securities classified as available for sale that were in an unrealized loss position until they mature or until fair value exceeds amortized cost.

The Company earned $1.8 million on the sale of loans in 2014 compared to $2.3 million in 2013 and $2.8 million in 2012. Activity in the secondary mortgage market has continued to decrease as volumes have declined in the continued low interest rate environment.

Noninterest Expense

Total noninterest expense increased by $11.9 million, or 7.0% to $183.5 million for 2014. This compares to increases of $1.1 million, or 0.7%, for 2013, and $11.8 million, or 7.4%, for 2012. The increase in noninterest expense during 2014 was partly due to the acquisition of The Bank of Union, which added $4.7 million of expense for the year and the amortization of the Company’s investment in historic tax credits, which added approximately $2.9 million. In addition, salaries and benefits increased $3.5 million before the impact of the acquisition, primarily due to standard annual merit increases during 2014. The increase in noninterest expense during 2013 primarily related to an increase in salaries and benefits of approximately $2.6 million, partially offset by a decrease in other real estate owned expense of $1.1 million. The increase in noninterest expense during 2012 primarily related to an increase in salaries and benefits of approximately $7.3 million and merger related costs of approximately $1.6 million.

Noninterest expense included deposit insurance expense which totaled $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense totaled $27.3 million in 2014, compared to $26.5 million in 2013 and $27.1 million in 2012. The effective tax rates for 2014, 2013 and 2012 were 29.9%, 32.8% and 34.3%, respectively. The primary reasons for the difference between the Company’s effective tax rate and the federal statutory rate were tax-exempt income, nondeductible amortization, federal and state tax credits and state tax expense. The Company’s effective tax rate decreased in 2014 due primarily to new tax credits utilized and the recognition of state deferred tax benefits. The Company’s effective tax rate decreased in 2013 and 2012 due to increased federal tax credits allowed for those years.

Certain financial information is prepared on a taxable equivalent basis to facilitate analysis of yields and changes in components of earnings. Average balance sheets, comprehensive income statements and other financial statistics are also presented on a taxable equivalent basis.

Impact of Inflation

The impact of inflation on financial institutions differs significantly from that of industrial or commercial companies. The assets of financial institutions are predominantly monetary, as opposed to fixed or nonmonetary assets such as premises, equipment and inventory. As a result, there is little exposure to inflated earnings by understated depreciation charges or significantly understated current values of assets. Although inflation can have an indirect effect by leading to higher interest rates, financial institutions are in a position to monitor the effects on interest costs and yields and respond to inflationary trends through management of interest rate sensitivity. Inflation can also have an impact on noninterest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, services and other costs.

Impact of Deflation

In a period of deflation, it would be reasonable to expect widely decreasing prices for real assets. In such an economic environment, assets of businesses and individuals, such as real estate, commodities or inventory, could decline. The inability of customers to repay or refinance their loans could result in loan losses incurred by the Company far in excess of historical experience due to deflated collateral values.

FINANCIAL POSITION

Cash, Federal Funds Sold and Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks

Cash consists of cash and cash items on hand, noninterest-bearing deposits and amounts due from other banks, reserves deposited with the Federal Reserve Bank, and interest-bearing deposits with other banks. Federal funds sold consist of overnight

 

30


investments of excess funds with other financial institutions. Due to the Federal Reserve Bank’s intervention into the funds market that has resulted in near zero overnight funds rates, the Company has continued to maintain the majority of its excess funds with the Federal Reserve Bank. The Federal Reserve Bank pays interest on these funds based upon the lowest target rate for the maintenance period which continues to be 0.25%.

The amount of cash, federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve Bank carried by the Company is a function of the availability of funds presented to other institutions for clearing, and the Company’s requirements for liquidity, operating cash and reserves, available yields and interest rate sensitivity management. Balances of these items can fluctuate widely based on these various factors. The aggregate of cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold increased $56.4 million from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014 and decreased $88.3 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. The increase in 2014 was due to an increase in deposits.  The decrease in 2013 was due to a decrease in year end deposit balances and an increase in loans.

Securities

For the year ended December 31, 2014, total securities decreased $2.8 million, or 0.5%, to $524.8 million. This compares to a decrease of $34.9 million, or 6.2%, in 2013 and a decrease of $52.4 million, or 8.5%, in 2012. The decreases were the result of historically low yields on U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities and the Company’s decision to not reinvest maturing securities by purchasing longer term fixed rate securities at such low yields. Securities available for sale represented 98.4% of the total securities portfolio at December 31, 2014, compared to 97.7% at December 31, 2013 and 97.1% at December 31, 2012. Securities available for sale had a net unrealized gain of $6.8 million at December 31, 2014, compared to a net unrealized gain of $6.0 million at December 31, 2013 and a net unrealized gain of $9.7 million at December 31, 2012. These unrealized gains are included in the Company’s stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax, in the amounts of $4.2 million, $3.9 million and $6.3 million for December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

SECURITIES

 

 

 

December 31

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Held for Investment (at amortized cost)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury, other federal agencies and mortgage-backed securities

 

$

471

 

 

$

607

 

 

$

781

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

8,122

 

 

 

11,379

 

 

 

15,635

 

Total

 

$

8,593

 

 

$

11,986

 

 

$

16,416

 

Estimated fair value

 

$

8,671

 

 

$

12,094

 

 

$

16,689

 

Available for Sale (at estimated fair value)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury, other federal agencies and mortgage-backed securities

 

$

447,899

 

 

$

449,824

 

 

$

475,968

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

53,373

 

 

 

50,334

 

 

 

56,767

 

Other securities

 

 

14,918

 

 

 

15,483

 

 

 

13,391

 

Total

 

$

516,190

 

 

$

515,641

 

 

$

546,126

 

Total Securities

 

$

524,783

 

 

$

527,627

 

 

$

562,542

 

The Company does not engage in securities trading activities. Any sales of securities are for the purpose of executing the Company’s asset/liability management strategy, eliminating a perceived credit risk in a specific security, or providing liquidity. Securities that are being held for indefinite periods of time, or that may be sold as part of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy, to provide liquidity, or for other reasons, are classified as available for sale and are stated at estimated fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale are reported as a component of stockholders’ equity, net of income tax. Securities for which the Company has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held for investment and are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed under the interest method. Securities that are determined to be impaired, and for which such impairment is determined to be other than temporary, are adjusted to fair value and a corresponding loss is recognized. Gains or losses from sales of securities are based upon the book values of the specific securities sold.

Declines in the fair value of held for investment and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial

 

31


condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and (iii) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held for investment until they mature, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had net unrealized gains largely due to decreases in market interest rates from the yields available at the time the underlying securities were purchased. The fair value of those securities having unrealized losses is expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date or repricing date, or if market yields for similar investments decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2014, management also had the ability and intent to hold all securities classified as available for sale with an unrealized loss for a period of time sufficient for a recovery of cost. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2014, management believes the impairments were temporary and no impairment loss was realized in the Company’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

MATURITY DISTRIBUTION OF SECURITIES

The following maturity distribution of securities table summarizes the weighted average maturity and weighted average taxable equivalent yields of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2014. The Company manages its securities portfolio for liquidity and as a tool to execute its asset/liability management strategy. Consequently, the average maturity of the portfolio is relatively short. Securities maturing within five years represent 79.4% of the total portfolio.

 

 

 

Within One Year

 

 

After One Year But
Within Five Years

 

 

After Five Years
But Within Ten
Years

 

 

After Ten Years

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield*

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield*

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield*

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield*

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield*

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Held for Investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury other federal agencies and mortgage-backed securities

 

$

6

 

 

 

3.47

%

 

$

453

 

 

 

4.54

%

 

$

12

 

 

 

6.14

%

 

$

 

 

 

%

 

$

471

 

 

 

4.57

%

State and political subdivisions

 

 

5,109

 

 

 

3.44

 

 

 

2,903

 

 

 

4.21

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

6.36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,122

 

 

 

3.76

 

Total

 

$

5,115

 

 

 

3.44

 

 

$

3,356

 

 

 

4.26

 

 

$

122

 

 

 

6.34

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

8,593

 

 

 

3.81

 

Percentage of total

 

 

59.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

39.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury other federal agencies and mortgage-backed securities

 

$

32,295

 

 

 

0.51

%

 

$

338,837

 

 

 

1.03

%

 

$

59,751

 

 

 

0.97

%

 

$

17,016

 

 

 

1.08

%

 

$

447,899

 

 

 

0.99

%

State and political subdivisions

 

 

9,756

 

 

 

2.67

 

 

 

23,443

 

 

 

3.02

 

 

 

12,181

 

 

 

5.26

 

 

 

7,993

 

 

 

6.24

 

 

 

53,373

 

 

 

3.95

 

Other securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,491

 

 

 

1.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,427

 

 

 

4.55

 

 

 

14,918

 

 

 

3.89

 

Total

 

$

42,051

 

 

 

1.01

 

 

$

365,771

 

 

 

1.17

 

 

$

71,932

 

 

 

1.70

 

 

$

36,436

 

 

 

3.30

 

 

$

516,190

 

 

 

1.38

 

Percentage of total

 

 

8.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

70.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

Total securities

 

$

47,166

 

 

 

1.28

%

 

$

369,127

 

 

 

1.19

%

 

$

72,054

 

 

 

1.71

%

 

$

36,436

 

 

 

3.30

%

 

$

524,783

 

 

 

1.42

%

Percentage of total

 

 

9.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

70.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

Yield on a taxable equivalent basis

 

32


Loans (Including Acquired Loans)

The Company has historically generated loan growth from both internal originations and bank acquisitions. Total loans increased $473.7 million, or 14.0%, to $3.9 billion in 2014 compared to an increase of $144.7 million, or 4.5%, in 2013 and an increase of $228.9 million, or 7.6%, in 2012. Loans increased in 2014 due to both a bank acquisition and internal growth. Loans increased in 2013 and 2012 due to internal growth.

Composition

The Company’s loan portfolio was diversified among various types of commercial and individual borrowers. Commercial loans were comprised principally of loans to companies in light manufacturing, retail and service industries. Consumer loans were comprised primarily of loans to individuals for automobiles. The Company did not have any credit card receivables at year end 2014, 2013 or 2012 and does not expect to engage in this type of activity.

LOANS BY CATEGORY

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2010

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

Amount

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

Amount

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

Amount

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

Amount

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial, financial and other

 

$

1,053,486

 

 

 

27.29

%

 

$

857,771

 

 

 

25.33

%

 

$

849,894

 

 

 

26.22

%

 

$

796,349

 

 

 

26.43

%

 

$

777,576

 

 

 

27.65

%

Real estate—construction

 

 

356,621

 

 

 

9.24

 

 

 

284,808

 

 

 

8.41

 

 

 

226,102

 

 

 

6.97

 

 

 

207,953

 

 

 

6.90

 

 

 

230,367

 

 

 

8.19

 

Real estate—one to four family

 

 

775,795

 

 

 

20.09

 

 

 

703,903

 

 

 

20.78

 

 

 

669,230

 

 

 

20.64

 

 

 

655,134

 

 

 

21.74

 

 

 

608,786

 

 

 

21.65

 

Real estate—farmland, multifamily and commercial

 

 

1,407,750

 

 

 

36.46

 

 

 

1,290,076

 

 

 

38.08

 

 

 

1,244,199

 

 

 

38.37

 

 

 

1,101,731

 

 

 

36.56

 

 

 

921,958

 

 

 

32.79

 

Consumer

 

 

267,179

 

 

 

6.92

 

 

 

250,588

 

 

 

7.40

 

 

 

253,002

 

 

 

7.80

 

 

 

252,331

 

 

 

8.37

 

 

 

273,277

 

 

 

9.72

 

Total

 

$

3,860,831

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

3,387,146

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

3,242,427

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

3,013,498

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

2,811,964

 

 

 

100.00

%

Commercial, Financial, Other

Commercial, financial, and other loans represent loans for working capital, facilities acquisition or expansion, purchase of equipment and other needs of commercial customers primarily located within Oklahoma. Loans in this category include commercial and industrial, oil and gas, agriculture, and state and political subdivisions.

 

Commercial loans are underwritten individually and represent on-going relationships based on a thorough knowledge of the customer, and the customer’s industry and market. While commercial loans are generally secured by the customer’s assets including real property, inventory, accounts receivable, operating equipment, interest in mineral rights and other property and may also include personal guarantees of the owners and related parties, the primary source of repayment of the loans is the on-going cash flow from operations of the customer’s business. Agriculture loans are set for annual or semi-annual principal payments based on timing of revenue.

 

The vast majority of loans originated within the energy sector support oil and gas production, are primarily secured by those producing properties and are governed by a stringent borrowing base that is tested timely and regularly.  The Company also originates a small number of loans to businesses and individuals in the energy services sector which includes loans for the fabrication, sale and service of various energy service equipment, site preparation and mapping services, disposal services, etc.  These loans are primarily secured by accounts receivable, inventory, and/or equipment.

 

At December 31, 2014, commercial, financial and other loans totaled $1,053.5 million. Approximately $745.1 million were commercial and industrial loans, $104.9 million were oil and gas production and equipment loans and $132.8 million were agriculture loans and the remaining were either state and political subdivisions or other.  

Real Estate

 

Real estate loans consist of loans for both commercial and consumer customers and include construction, farmland, one to four family residences, multifamily residential properties, and commercial. These loans are made on real property, such as office buildings, apartment buildings, shopping centers, industrial property, hotels, farmland, and residential property. Such loans are usually secured by mortgages or other liens on the related real property. Interest rates may be fixed or variable, and the loans may be structured for full, partial, or no amortization of principal.

 

33


 

Commercial real estate loans are for the construction of buildings or other improvements to real estate and property held by borrowers for investment purposes primarily within Oklahoma. We require collateral values in excess of the loan amounts, demonstrated cash flows in excess of expected debt service requirements, equity investment in the project and a portion of the project already sold, leased or permanent financing already secured.  Real estate or interests in real estate taken as collateral is primarily confined to either property located within the State of Oklahoma or properties owned by customers domiciled in the State of Oklahoma. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is generally largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Loans on farmland are typically structured similar to commercial real estate loans but frequently are set for annual principal payments.  Such loans may be for purchase, refinance of purchase, or ongoing operation of family-owned or small corporate farming enterprises.  Loans on multi-family properties are amortized loans supported by rental incomes from the property.  

 

Residential construction includes loans to builders for speculative or custom homes, as well as direct loans to individuals for construction of their personal residence.  Custom construction and self-construction loans typically will have a commitment in place for long term financing at the completion of construction.  Speculative construction loans will have a periodic curtailment plan beginning after completion of construction and a reasonable time for sale to have occurred.  

 

Long term one to four family residential real estate loans retained in the Bank are on a variable rate basis.  Fixed rate loans in this category are financed through the Bank’s Mortgage Lending Department and sold into the secondary market.   Some 15 year fixed rate loans in this category may be retained by the Bank.  

 

At December 31, 2014, real estate loans were approximately 65% of total loans.  The Company is subject to risk of future market fluctuations in property values relating to these loans.  The Company attempts to manage this risk through rigorous loan underwriting standards.

Consumer

Consumer loans are loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures. Commonly, such loans are made to finance purchases of consumer goods, such as automobiles, boats, household goods, vacations, and education.  Interest rates and terms vary considerably depending on many factors, including whether the loan is secured or unsecured. The Company originates consumer loans utilizing a computer-based credit scoring analysis to supplement the underwriting process. To monitor and manage consumer loan risk, policies and procedures are developed and modified, as needed, jointly by line and staff personnel. This activity, coupled with relatively small loan amounts that are spread across many individual borrowers, minimizes risk. Additionally, trend and outlook reports are reviewed by management on a regular basis. Underwriting standards for home equity loans are heavily influenced by statutory requirements, which include, but are not limited to, a maximum loan-to-value percentage of 80%, collection remedies, the number of such loans a borrower can have at one time and documentation requirements.

 

34


MATURITY AND RATE SENSITIVITY OF LOANS

The following table presents the Maturity and Rate Sensitivity of Loans at December 31, 2014. Approximately 32% of loans have maturities of one year or less. However, many of these loans are renewed at existing or similar terms after scheduled principal reductions. Also, approximately 41% of loans had adjustable interest rates at December 31, 2014.

 

 

 

Maturing

 

 

 

Within
One Year

 

 

After One
But
Within
Five Years

 

 

After Five
Years

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial, financial and other

 

$

585,867

 

 

$

357,978

 

 

$

109,641

 

 

$

1,053,486

 

Real estate—construction

 

 

243,256

 

 

 

53,763

 

 

 

59,602

 

 

 

356,621

 

Real estate—one to four family

 

 

111,357

 

 

 

194,601

 

 

 

469,837

 

 

 

775,795

 

Real estate—farmland, multifamily and commercial

 

 

261,102

 

 

 

505,343

 

 

 

641,305

 

 

 

1,407,750

 

Consumer

 

 

32,536

 

 

 

209,181

 

 

 

25,462

 

 

 

267,179

 

Total

 

$

1,234,118

 

 

$

1,320,866

 

 

$

1,305,847

 

 

$

3,860,831

 

Loans with predetermined interest rates

 

$

590,202

 

 

$

945,443

 

 

$

751,629

 

 

$

2,287,274

 

Loans with adjustable interest rates

 

 

643,916

 

 

 

375,423

 

 

 

554,218

 

 

 

1,573,557

 

Total

 

$

1,234,118

 

 

$

1,320,866

 

 

$

1,305,847

 

 

$

3,860,831

 

Percentage of total

 

 

32.0

%

 

 

34.2

%

 

 

33.8

%

 

 

100.0

%

Since 2009 the Company has set rate floors on the majority of its adjustable rate loans. At December 31, 2014 approximately 80% of the adjustable rate loan portfolio was at the floor rate. Short-term rates would have to increase approximately 100 basis points before these loans would experience an increase in rate.

The information relating to the maturity and rate sensitivity of loans is based upon contractual maturities and original loan terms. In the ordinary course of business, loans maturing within one year may be renewed, in whole or in part, at interest rates prevailing at the date of renewal.

Nonperforming and Restructured Assets

During 2014, nonperforming and restructured assets increased $560,000 to $42.1 million. This compares to a decrease of $6.9 million for 2013 and an increase of $8.9 million for 2012. The Company’s level of nonperforming and restructured assets has continued to be relatively low, equating to 0.64%, 0.69% and 0.81% of total assets at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Nonaccrual loans have decreased from $26.7 million at the end of 2010 to $16.4 million at the end of 2014. The decreases in 2011 were primarily due to the transfer of several commercial properties from nonaccrual loans to other real estate owned. Nonaccrual loans increased in 2014 compared to 2013 due primarily to the acquisition of nonperforming loans from the Bank of the Union. The Company’s nonaccrual loans are primarily commercial and real estate loans. Nonaccrual loans negatively impact the Company’s net interest margin. A loan is placed on nonaccrual status when, in the opinion of management, the future collectability of interest or principal or both is in serious doubt. Interest income is recognized on certain of these loans on a cash basis if the full collection of the remaining principal balance is reasonably expected. Otherwise, interest income is not recognized until the principal balance is fully collected. Total interest income which was not accrued on nonaccrual loans outstanding was approximately $1.2 million at December 31, 2014, $1.5 million at December 31, 2013 and $1.3 million at December 31, 2012. Only a small amount of this interest is expected to be ultimately collected.

Restructured loans decreased $1.1 million in 2014, were virtually unchanged in 2013 and increased $16.8 million in 2012. Restructured loans consist primarily of one multifamily real estate credit. This loan was evaluated by management and determined to be well collateralized. Additionally, none of the concessions granted involved a principal reduction or a change from the current market rate of interest. The value of the collateral is monitored to evaluate possible impairment of the loan. The Company charges interest on principal balances outstanding during deferral periods. As a result, the current and future financial effects of the recorded balance of loans considered to be troubled debt restructurings whose terms were modified during the period were not considered to be material.

 

35


The classification of a loan as nonperforming does not necessarily indicate that loan principal and interest will ultimately be uncollectible; although, in an economic downturn, the Company’s experience has been that the level of collections decline. The above normal risk associated with nonperforming loans has been considered in the determination of the allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2014, the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonperforming and restructured loans was 120.05%, compared to 117.6%, at the end of 2013 and 99.4%, at the end of 2012. The level of nonperforming loans and loan losses could rise over time as a result of adverse economic conditions.

Other real estate owned consists of properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, and premises held for sale. These properties are carried at the lower of the book values of the related loans or fair values based upon appraisals, less estimated costs to sell. Write downs arising at the time of reclassification of such properties from loans to other real estate owned are charged directly to the allowance for loan losses. Any losses on bank premises designated to be sold are charged to operating expense at the time of transfer from premises to other real estate owned. Decreases in values of properties subsequent to their classification as other real estate owned are charged to operating expense. Other real estate owned and repossessed assets have decreased each of the last three years as shown in the following table. The decreases in 2014 and 2013 were due to sales and decreases in value of properties. The decrease in 2012 was due in part to the sale of a commercial real estate property valued at $3.5 million.

NONPERFORMING AND RESTRUCTURED ASSETS

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2010

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Past due 90 days or more and still accruing

 

$

1,135

 

 

$

1,179

 

 

$

537

 

 

$

798

 

 

$

1,096

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

16,410

 

 

 

14,390

 

 

 

20,549

 

 

 

21,187

 

 

 

26,701

 

Restructured

 

 

16,515

 

 

 

17,624

 

 

 

17,866

 

 

 

1,041

 

 

 

294

 

Total nonperforming and restructured loans

 

 

34,060

 

 

 

33,193

 

 

 

38,952

 

 

 

23,026

 

 

 

28,091

 

Other real estate owned and repossessed
assets

 

 

8,079

 

 

 

8,386

 

 

 

9,566

 

 

 

16,640

 

 

 

23,179

 

Total nonperforming and restructured assets

 

$

42,139

 

 

$

41,579

 

 

$

48,518

 

 

$

39,666

 

 

$

51,270

 

Nonperforming and restructured loans to total loans

 

 

0.88

%

 

 

0.98

%

 

 

1.20

%

 

 

0.76

%

 

 

1.00

%

Nonperforming and restructured assets to total assets

 

 

0.64

%

 

 

0.69

%

 

 

0.81

%

 

 

0.71

%

 

 

1.01

%

Potential problem loans are performing loans to borrowers with a weakened financial condition, or which are experiencing unfavorable trends in their financial condition, which causes management to have concerns as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the existing repayment terms. The Company had approximately $27.5 million, $6.2 million and $5.3 million of these loans at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Potential problem loans are not included in nonperforming and restructured loans. In general, these loans are adequately collateralized and have no specific identifiable probable loss. Loans which are considered to have identifiable probable loss potential are placed on nonaccrual status, are allocated a specific allowance for loss or are directly charged-down, and are reported as nonperforming. The higher level of potential problem loans in 2014 was due primarily to an additional $22.0 million for a single commercial loan that was experiencing financial difficulty during the year, but was not considered impaired.

Allowance for Loan Losses/Fair Value Adjustments on Acquired Loans

The allowance for loan losses is management’s estimate of the probable losses incurred in the Company’s loan portfolio through the balance sheet date. Management’s process for determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is described under Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. The balance of the allowance for loan losses has increased in each of the past three years, but has decreased as a percentage of total loans. At December 31, 2014, the Company’s allowance for loan losses represented 1.06% of total loans, compared to 1.15% at December 31, 2013 and 1.19% at December 31, 2012. The overall credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio has stabilized. Net charge-offs have declined in 2012 and 2013 and leveled off at $1.2 million in 2014. The amount of net loan charge-offs is relatively low, equating to 0.03%, 0.03% and 0.07% of average total loans for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The 2014 provision for loan losses included a reversal of $5.3 million as a result of a change in the loan loss factors due to extraordinarily low charge offs realized over the past several years. Although the national economy and the credit markets are slowly improving, if unforeseen adverse changes occur, it would be reasonable to expect that the allowance for loan losses would increase in future periods.

 

36


ANALYSIS OF ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2010

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

39,034

 

 

$

38,725

 

 

$

37,656

 

 

$

35,745

 

 

$

36,383

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and other

 

 

(933

)

 

 

(447

)

 

 

(764

)

 

 

(983

)

 

 

(640

)

Real estate

 

 

(868

)

 

 

(426

)

 

 

(1,228

)

 

 

(1,292

)

 

 

(2,851

)

Consumer

 

 

(818

)

 

 

(687

)

 

 

(652

)

 

 

(822

)

 

 

(689

)

Total charge-offs

 

 

(2,619

)

 

 

(1,560

)

 

 

(2,644

)

 

 

(3,097

)

 

 

(4,180

)

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and other

 

 

805

 

 

 

291

 

 

 

207

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

262

 

Real estate

 

 

366

 

 

 

106

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

169

 

 

 

141

 

Consumer

 

 

231

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

185

 

Total recoveries

 

 

1,402

 

 

 

611

 

 

 

613

 

 

 

493

 

 

 

588

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

(1,217

)

 

 

(949

)

 

 

(2,031

)

 

 

(2,604

)

 

 

(3,592

)

Provision charged to operations

 

 

3,072

 

 

 

1,258

 

 

 

3,100

 

 

 

4,515

 

 

 

2,954

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

40,889

 

 

$

39,034

 

 

$

38,725

 

 

$

37,656

 

 

$

35,745

 

Average loans

 

$

3,643,018

 

 

$

3,281,303

 

 

$

3,099,888

 

 

$

2,893,263

 

 

$

2,761,986

 

Total loans

 

$

3,860,831

 

 

$

3,387,146

 

 

$

3,242,427

 

 

$

3,013,498

 

 

$

2,811,964

 

Net charge-offs to average loans

 

 

0.03

%

 

 

0.03

%

 

 

0.07

%

 

 

0.09

%

 

 

0.13

%

Allowance to total loans

 

 

1.06

%

 

 

1.15

%

 

 

1.19

%

 

 

1.25

%

 

 

1.27

%

Allocation of the allowance by category of loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and other

 

$

14,056

 

 

$

9,748

 

 

$

9,823

 

 

$

9,703

 

 

$

10,558

 

Real estate

 

 

24,257

 

 

 

26,481

 

 

 

26,053

 

 

 

24,970

 

 

 

21,944

 

Consumer

 

 

2,576

 

 

 

2,805

 

 

 

2,849

 

 

 

2,983

 

 

 

3,243

 

Total

 

$

40,889

 

 

$

39,034

 

 

$

38,725

 

 

$

37,656

 

 

$

35,745

 

Percentage of allowance in each category to total allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and other

 

 

34.38

%

 

 

24.97

%

 

 

25.36

%

 

 

25.77

%

 

 

29.54

%

Real estate

 

 

59.32

 

 

 

67.84

 

 

 

67.28

 

 

 

66.31

 

 

 

61.38

 

Consumer

 

 

6.30

 

 

 

7.19

 

 

 

7.36

 

 

 

7.92

 

 

 

9.08

 

Total

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

100.00

%

The fair value adjustment on acquired loans consists of an interest rate component to adjust the effective rates on the loans to market rates and a credit component to adjust for estimated credit exposures in the acquired loans. The credit component of the adjustment was $4.3 million at December 31, 2014 and $2.3 million at December 31, 2013, while the acquired loans outstanding were $101.7 million and $65.9 million, respectively. The increase in the credit component and loans for 2014 was due to an acquisition made during the year.

Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Other Assets

Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill totaled $55.6 million, $54.8 million and $56.6 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in 2014 was due to the acquisition of one community bank.

Other assets include the cash surrender value of key-man life insurance policies and prepaid FDIC deposit insurance premiums. The balance of cash surrender value of key-man life insurance policies was $64.1 million, $62.1 million and $59.9 million at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the Company is no longer required to prepay FDIC insurance premiums and received a refund of $9.6 million in 2013 for overpayment of the prior assessment. The balance of prepaid FDIC insurance was $9.7 million at December 31, 2012.

Liquidity and Funding

The Company’s principal source of liquidity and funding is its broad deposit base generated from customer relationships. The availability of deposits is affected by economic conditions, competition with other financial institutions and alternative investments available to customers. Through interest rates paid, service charge levels and services offered, the Company can, to a limited extent, affect its level of deposits. The level and maturity of funding necessary to support the Company’s lending and investment functions is

 

37


determined through the Company’s asset/liability management process. In addition to deposits, short-term borrowings comprised primarily of federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements provide additional funding sources. The Company currently does not rely heavily on long-term borrowings and does not utilize brokered CDs. The Company maintains federal funds lines of credit with other banks and could also utilize the sale of loans, securities and liquidation of other assets as sources of liquidity and funding.

Historically, the Bank is more liquid than its peers. This liquidity positions the Bank to respond to increased loan demand and other requirements for funds, or to decreases in funding sources. The liquidity of BancFirst Corporation, however, is dependent upon dividend payments from the Bank and its ability to obtain financing. Banking regulations limit bank dividends based upon net earnings retained by the Bank and minimum capital requirements. Dividends in excess of these limits require regulatory approval. At January 1, 2015, the Bank had approximately $73.4 million of equity available for dividends to BancFirst Corporation without regulatory approval. During 2014, the Bank declared four common stock dividends totaling $20.9 million and two preferred stock dividends totaling $1.9 million.

Deposits

Total deposits increased $485.2 million to $5.9 billion, an increase of 9.0% in 2014, compared to a decrease of $21.3 million or 0.4% in 2013 and an increase of $403.1 million or 8.0% in 2012. The increase in deposits during 2014 was due to the acquisition of Bank of Union, internal growth and an annual influx of funds at the end of the year. The deposits at year end 2013 decreased; however, average deposits increased in 2013. Total deposits at year end 2012 were higher due to internal growth in deposits throughout the year and an annual influx of funds at the end of the year. The Company’s core deposits provide it with a stable, low-cost funding source. The Company’s core deposits as a percentage of total deposits were 93.9%, 93.5% and 92.8% in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits were 38.4% at December 31, 2014, compared to 38.5% at December 31, 2013 and 37.1% at December 31, 2012.

ANALYSIS OF AVERAGE DEPOSITS

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2010

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average Balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

$

2,197,474

 

 

$

1,952,582

 

 

$

1,809,102

 

 

$

1,506,371

 

 

$

1,211,712

 

Interest-bearing transaction deposits

 

 

750,603

 

 

 

653,893

 

 

 

712,800

 

 

 

709,609

 

 

 

612,442

 

Savings deposits

 

 

1,992,673

 

 

 

1,827,575

 

 

 

1,757,331

 

 

 

1,633,555

 

 

 

1,424,252

 

Time deposits under $100

 

 

436,461

 

 

 

435,219

 

 

 

473,942

 

 

 

499,707

 

 

 

446,799

 

Total core deposits

 

 

5,377,211

 

 

 

4,869,269

 

 

 

4,753,175

 

 

 

4,349,242

 

 

 

3,695,205

 

Time deposits of $100 or more

 

 

347,497

 

 

 

364,598

 

 

 

390,582

 

 

 

422,277

 

 

 

391,790

 

Total deposits

 

$

5,724,708

 

 

$

5,233,867

 

 

$

5,143,757

 

 

$

4,771,519

 

 

$

4,086,995

 

PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL AVERAGE DEPOSITS AND AVERAGE RATES PAID

 

 

  

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2011

 

 

2010

 

 

  

% of
Total

 

 

Rate

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

Rate

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

Rate

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

Rate

 

 

% of
Total

 

 

Rate

 

Demand deposits

 

 

38.39

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

37.31

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

35.17

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.57

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.65

%

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing transaction deposits

 

 

13.11

 

 

 

0.10

%

 

 

12.49

 

 

 

0.10

%

 

 

13.87

 

 

 

0.14

%

 

 

14.87

 

 

 

0.20

%

 

 

14.99

 

 

 

0.23

%

Savings deposits

 

 

34.81

 

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

34.92

 

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

34.16

 

 

 

0.32

 

 

 

34.24

 

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

34.85

 

 

 

0.86

 

Time deposits under
$100

 

 

7.62

 

 

 

0.64

 

 

 

8.31

 

 

 

0.76

 

 

 

9.21

 

 

 

0.96

 

 

 

10.47

 

 

 

1.21

 

 

 

10.93

 

 

 

1.49

 

Total core deposits

 

 

93.93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93.03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91.15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90.42

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits of $100 or more

 

 

6.07

 

 

 

0.79

 

 

 

6.97

 

 

 

0.94

 

 

 

7.59

 

 

 

1.08

 

 

 

8.85

 

 

 

1.29

 

 

 

9.58

 

 

 

1.49

 

Total deposits

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

Average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.31

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.35

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.46

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.67

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.91

%

 

38


MATURITY OF TIME DEPOSITS

The following table shows the maturity of time deposits of $100,000 or more:

 

 

 

December 31,
2014

 

 

 

(Dollars in
thousands)

 

Three months or less

 

$

65,889

 

Over three months through six months

 

 

51,065

 

Over six months through twelve months

 

 

89,875

 

Over twelve months

 

 

140,734

 

Total

 

$

347,563

 

At December 31, 2014, 59.5% of the Company’s time deposits of $100,000 or more mature in one year or less.

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings, consisting primarily of federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements are another source of funds for the Company. The level of these borrowings is determined by various factors, including customer demand and the Company’s ability to earn a favorable spread on the funds obtained. Short-term borrowings totaled $4.0 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $4.6 million at December 31, 2013 and $4.6 million at December 31, 2012.

Long-Term Borrowings

The Company has a line of credit from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Topeka, Kansas to use for liquidity or to match-fund certain long-term fixed rate loans. The Company’s assets, including residential first mortgages of $619.6 million, are pledged as collateral for the borrowings under the line of credit. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had the ability to draw up to $22.7 million on the FHLB line of credit based on FHLB stock holdings of $551,900 with no advances outstanding. Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012 included $6.9 million and $9.2 million, respectively of advances outstanding that were assumed from acquired banks. The advances matured at varying dates through 2014 and had rates between 0.3% and 3.4%.

Capital Resources

Stockholders’ equity totaled $609.3 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $557.0 million at December 31, 2013 and $519.6 million at December 31, 2012. In addition to net income of $63.9 million, other changes in stockholders’ equity during the year ended December 31, 2014 included $6.5 million related to stock option exercises and $1.7 million related to stock-based compensation, that were partially offset by $20.1 million in dividends. The Company’s average stockholders’ equity to average assets for 2014 was 9.19%, compared to 9.23% for 2013 and 8.79% for 2012. At December 31, 2014, the Company’s leverage ratio was 8.83%, its Tier 1 capital ratio was 13.77%, and its total risk-based capital ratio was 14.75%; compared to minimum requirements of 3%, 4% and 8%, respectively. Banking institutions are generally expected to maintain capital well above the minimum levels. Junior subordinated debentures are included in BancFirst Corporation’s Tier I capital.

In June 2012, the Company redeemed $9.3 million of junior subordinated debentures that had been assumed in acquisitions. See Note (11) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosures regarding the Company’s Junior Subordinated Debentures.

See Note (15) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of capital ratio requirements.

In November 1999, the Company adopted a Stock Repurchase Program (the “SRP”). The SRP may be used as a means to increase earnings per share and return on equity, to purchase treasury stock for the exercise of stock options or for distributions under the Deferred Stock Compensation Plan, to provide liquidity for optionees to dispose of stock from exercises of their stock options and to provide liquidity for stockholders wishing to sell their stock. All shares repurchased under the SRP have been retired and not held as treasury stock. The timing, price and amount of stock repurchases under the SRP may be determined by management and approved by the Company’s Executive Committee. At December 31, 2014 there were 194,723 shares remaining that could be repurchased under the SRP. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company did not repurchase shares under the SRP. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 40,241 shares of its common stock for $1.6 million at an average price of $40.88 per share under the SRP and for the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company repurchased 6,787 shares of its common stock for $255,900 at an average price of $37.70 per share.

 

39


Future dividend payments will be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors considering of the earnings, financial condition and capital needs of the Company and the Bank, applicable governmental policies and regulations and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. While no assurance can be given as to the Company’s ability to pay dividends, management believes that, based upon the anticipated performance of the Company, regular dividend payments will continue in 2015.

Related Party Transactions

See Note (18) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for disclosures regarding the Company’s related party transactions.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The Company has various contractual obligations that require future cash payments. The following table presents certain known payments for contractual obligations, by payment due period, as of December 31, 2014.

 

 

 

Payment Due By Period

 

 

 

Less Than
One Year

 

 

1 to 3
Years

 

 

3 to 5
Years

 

 

Over Five
Years

 

 

Indeterminate
Maturity

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Junior subordinated debentures (1)

 

$

1,872

 

 

$

3,744

 

 

$

3,744

 

 

$

52,670

 

 

$

 

 

$

62,030

 

Operating lease payments

 

 

1,060

 

 

 

1,680

 

 

 

314

 

 

 

624

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,678

 

Time deposits

 

 

478,610

 

 

 

173,632

 

 

 

98,873

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

 

 

 

751,279

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

$

481,542

 

 

$

179,056

 

 

$

102,931

 

 

$

53,458

 

 

$

 

 

$

816,987

 

 

 

(1)

Includes principal and interest

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Market risk refers to the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and other relevant market rates and prices, such as equity prices. The risk of loss can be assessed from the perspective of adverse changes in fair values, cash flows and future earnings. Due to the nature of its operations, the Company is primarily exposed to interest rate risk arising principally from its lending, investing, deposit and borrowing activities and, to a lesser extent, liquidity risk.

Interest rate risk on the Company’s balance sheet consists of repricing, option and basis risks. Repricing risk results from the differences in the maturity or repricing of asset and liability portfolios. Option risk arises from “embedded options” present in many financial instruments such as loan prepayment options, deposit early withdrawal options and interest rate options. These options allow customers opportunities to benefit when market interest rates change, which typically results in higher costs or lower revenue for the Company. Basis risk refers to the potential for changes in the underlying relationship between market rates and indices, which subsequently result in a narrowing of the profit spread on an earning asset or liability. Basis risk is also present in administered rate liabilities, such as savings accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal accounts and money market accounts where historical pricing relationships to market rates may change due to the level or directional change in market interest rates.

The Company seeks to reduce volatility in its net interest margin and net interest income through periods of changing interest rates. Accordingly, the Company’s interest rate sensitivity and liquidity are monitored on an ongoing basis by its Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”). ALCO establishes risk measures, limits and policy guidelines for managing the amount of interest rate risk and its effect on net interest income and capital. A variety of tools are used to evaluate the magnitude of interest rate risk, the distribution of risk, the level of risk over time and the exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships.

The ALCO also utilizes an earnings simulation model as a quantitative tool in measuring the amount of interest rate risk associated with changing market rates. The model quantifies the effects of various interest rate scenarios on projected net interest income over the next 12 months. These simulations incorporate assumptions regarding changes in interest rates and the maturity and repricing of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

The ALCO uses gap analysis to monitor interest rate sensitivity based on the maturity and repricing frequencies of its earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. This analysis indicates that the Company’s position is asset-sensitive, with a positive gap of $481 million for the zero to 12 month interval at December 31, 2014, which was 7.34% of total assets.  Period gaps in the over 24 month time periods are negative, reflecting the Company’s avoidance of extending the maturities of its earning assets.

 

40


The ALCO continuously monitors and manages the balance between interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities. The objective is to manage the impact of fluctuating market rates on net interest income within acceptable levels. In order to meet this objective, management may lengthen or shorten the duration of assets or liabilities.

As of December 31, 2014, the model simulations projected that a 100 and 200 basis point increase would result in positive variance in net interest income of 3.17% and 8.09%, respectively, relative to the base case over the next 12 months. Conversely, the model simulation projected that a decrease in interest rates of 25 basis points would result in a negative variance in net interest income of 1.26% relative to the base case over the next 12 months. The likelihood of a decrease in interest rates beyond 25 basis points as of December 31, 2014 was considered to be remote given prevailing interest rate levels.

The following table presents the Company’s financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, their expected maturities and their estimated fair values at December 31, 2014.

 

 

 

Avg.
Rate

 

 

Expected Maturity / Principal Repayments at December 31,

 

 

Balance

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2016

 

 

2017

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest Sensitive Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

 

5.03

%

 

$

1,888,065

 

 

$

553,094

 

 

$

565,515

 

 

$

327,641

 

 

$

238,111

 

 

$

288,405

 

 

$

3,860,831

 

 

$

3,989,113

 

Securities

 

 

1.35

 

 

 

149,976

 

 

 

179,064

 

 

 

47,835

 

 

 

58,110

 

 

 

55,559

 

 

 

34,239

 

 

 

524,783

 

 

 

524,861

 

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits

 

 

0.26

 

 

 

1,710,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,710,350

 

 

 

1,710,350

 

Interest Sensitive Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings and transaction deposits

 

 

0.19

 

 

 

2,742,359

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,742,359

 

 

 

2,676,956

 

Time deposits

 

 

0.71

 

 

 

478,610

 

 

 

121,816

 

 

 

51,816

 

 

 

47,463

 

 

 

51,410

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

751,279

 

 

 

752,193

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

0.18

 

 

 

3,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,982

 

 

 

3,982

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

7.34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,804

 

 

 

26,804

 

 

 

31,200

 

Off Balance Sheet Items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,640

 

Letters of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

478

 

The expected maturities and principal repayments are based upon the contractual terms of the instruments. Prepayments have been estimated for certain instruments with predictable prepayment rates. Savings and transaction deposits are assumed to mature all in the first year as they are not subject to withdrawal restrictions and any assumptions regarding decay rates would be very subjective. The actual maturities and principal repayments for the financial instruments could vary substantially from the contractual terms and assumptions used in the analysis.

 

 

 

 

41


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders

BancFirst Corporation

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BancFirst Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. Our audits included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BancFirst Corporation as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), BancFirst Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992 edition) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 13, 2015, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ BKD, LLP

 

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

March 13, 2015

 

 

 

 

42


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders

BancFirst Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flow of BancFirst Corporation (an Oklahoma corporation) and Subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) for the year ended December 31, 2012.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the operations and the cash flows of BancFirst Corporation and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

 

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

March 18, 2013

 

 

 

 

43


BANCFIRST CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

203,545

 

 

$

196,547

 

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

 

 

1,710,350

 

 

 

1,660,988

 

Securities (fair value: $524,861 and $527,735, respectively)

 

 

524,783

 

 

 

527,627

 

Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans (net of unearned interest)

 

 

3,860,831

 

 

 

3,387,146

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(40,889

)

 

 

(39,034

)

Loans, net

 

 

3,819,942

 

 

 

3,348,112

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

121,341

 

 

 

117,862

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

7,859

 

 

 

8,149

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

10,635

 

 

 

10,273

 

Goodwill

 

 

44,962

 

 

 

44,545

 

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

 

 

131,555

 

 

 

124,871

 

Total assets

 

$

6,574,972

 

 

$

6,038,974

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

$

2,411,066

 

 

$

2,085,753

 

Interest-bearing

 

 

3,493,638

 

 

 

3,333,766

 

Total deposits

 

 

5,904,704

 

 

 

5,419,519

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

3,982

 

 

 

4,590

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

6,938

 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

 

30,168

 

 

 

24,126

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

26,804

 

 

 

26,804

 

Total liabilities

 

 

5,965,658

 

 

 

5,481,977

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 19)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior preferred stock, $1.00 par; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative preferred stock, $5.00 par; 900,000 shares authorized; none issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $1.00 par; 20,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding: 15,504,513 and 15,333,622, respectively

 

 

15,504

 

 

 

15,334

 

Capital surplus

 

 

96,841

 

 

 

88,803

 

Retained earnings

 

 

492,776

 

 

 

448,953

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income tax of $2,644 and $2,103, respectively

 

 

4,193

 

 

 

3,907

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

609,314

 

 

 

556,997

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

6,574,972

 

 

$

6,038,974

 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

44


 

BANCFIRST CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

INTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, including fees

 

$

182,972

 

 

$

167,051

 

 

$

169,143

 

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

 

5,727

 

 

 

4,947

 

 

 

7,686

 

Tax-exempt

 

 

1,061

 

 

 

1,222

 

 

 

1,555

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

 

 

4,391

 

 

 

4,064

 

 

 

4,201

 

Total interest income

 

 

194,153

 

 

 

177,286

 

 

 

182,587

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

10,795

 

 

 

11,579

 

 

 

15,250

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

16

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

28

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

25

 

 

 

216

 

 

 

360

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

1,966

 

 

 

1,966

 

 

 

2,134

 

Total interest expense

 

 

12,802

 

 

 

13,767

 

 

 

17,772

 

Net interest income

 

 

181,351

 

 

 

163,519

 

 

 

164,815

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

3,072

 

 

 

1,258

 

 

 

3,100

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

178,279

 

 

 

162,261

 

 

 

161,715

 

NONINTEREST INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trust revenue

 

 

9,180

 

 

 

8,072

 

 

 

7,315

 

Service charges on deposits

 

 

56,389

 

 

 

52,450

 

 

 

46,492

 

Securities transactions

 

 

1,641

 

 

 

420

 

 

 

4,915

 

Income from sales of loans

 

 

1,813

 

 

 

2,306

 

 

 

2,773

 

Insurance commissions

 

 

14,642

 

 

 

14,094

 

 

 

12,626

 

Cash management

 

 

6,741

 

 

 

6,250

 

 

 

7,504

 

Gain on sale of other assets

 

 

335

 

 

 

293

 

 

 

374

 

Other

 

 

5,672

 

 

 

6,270

 

 

 

5,718

 

Total noninterest income

 

 

96,413

 

 

 

90,155

 

 

 

87,717

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

108,640

 

 

 

102,165

 

 

 

99,535

 

Occupancy and fixed assets expense, net

 

 

11,610

 

 

 

10,635

 

 

 

10,576

 

Depreciation

 

 

9,595

 

 

 

9,412

 

 

 

9,013

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

1,754

 

 

 

1,665

 

 

 

1,827

 

Data processing services

 

 

4,689

 

 

 

4,785

 

 

 

4,822

 

Net expense from other real estate owned

 

 

511

 

 

 

434

 

 

 

1,547

 

Marketing and business promotion

 

 

7,024

 

 

 

6,652

 

 

 

7,327

 

Deposit insurance

 

 

3,291

 

 

 

3,003

 

 

 

2,949

 

Other

 

 

36,407

 

 

 

32,823

 

 

 

32,832

 

Total noninterest expense

 

 

183,521

 

 

 

171,574

 

 

 

170,428

 

Income before taxes

 

 

91,171

 

 

 

80,842

 

 

 

79,004

 

Income tax expense

 

 

27,284

 

 

 

26,525

 

 

 

27,104

 

Net income

 

$

63,887

 

 

$

54,317

 

 

$

51,900

 

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

4.14

 

 

$

3.56

 

 

$

3.42

 

Diluted

 

$

4.04

 

 

$

3.49

 

 

$

3.36

 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities, net of tax of $(747), $1,249 and $719, respectively

 

$

613

 

 

$

(2,321

)

 

$

(1,334

)

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income, net of tax of $206, $48 and $965, respectively

 

 

(327

)

 

 

(89

)

 

 

(1,793

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax of $(541), $1,297 and $1,684, respectively

 

 

286

 

 

 

(2,410

)

 

 

(3,127

)

Comprehensive income

 

$

64,173

 

 

$

51,907

 

 

$

48,773

 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

45


 

 

BANCFIRST CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

  

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued at beginning of period

 

 

15,333,622

 

 

$

15,334

 

 

 

15,242,308

 

 

$

15,242

 

 

 

15,117,430

 

 

$

15,118

 

Shares issued

 

 

170,891

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

157,155

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

131,665

 

 

 

131

 

Shares acquired and canceled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(65,841

)

 

 

(66

)

 

 

(6,787

)

 

 

(7

)

Issued at end of period

 

 

15,504,513

 

 

$

15,504

 

 

 

15,333,622

 

 

$

15,334

 

 

 

15,242,308

 

 

$

15,242

 

CAPITAL SURPLUS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

 

 

 

 

$

88,803

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

82,401

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

77,462

 

Common stock issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,742

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,139

 

Tax effect of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,270

 

Stock-based compensation arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,360

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,530

 

Balance at end of period

 

 

 

 

 

$

96,841

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

88,803

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

82,401

 

RETAINED EARNINGS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

 

 

 

 

$

448,953

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

415,607

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

381,017

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

63,887

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,317

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,900

 

Dividends on common stock ($1.30, $1.20 and $1.12 per share, respectively)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(20,064

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,327

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,061

)

Common stock acquired and canceled

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,644

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(249

)

Balance at end of period

 

 

 

 

 

$

492,776

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

448,953

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

415,607

 

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,317

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,444

 

Net change

 

 

 

 

 

 

     286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,410

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,127

)

Balance at end of period

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,317

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

$

609,314

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

556,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

519,567

 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

46


 

BANCFIRST CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

63,887

 

 

$

54,317

 

 

$

51,900

 

Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

3,072

 

 

 

1,258

 

 

 

3,100

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

11,349

 

 

 

11,077

 

 

 

10,840

 

Net amortization of securities premiums and discounts

 

 

910

 

 

 

1,563

 

 

 

1,401

 

Realized securities gains

 

 

(1,641

)

 

 

(420

)

 

 

(4,915

)

Gain on sales of loans

 

 

(1,813

)

 

 

(2,306

)

 

 

(2,773

)

Cash receipts from the sale of loans originated for sale

 

 

152,440

 

 

 

200,946

 

 

 

231,802

 

Cash disbursements for loans originated for sale

 

 

(153,592

)

 

 

(193,853

)

 

 

(230,666

)

Deferred income tax benefit

 

 

(3,683

)

 

 

(483

)

 

 

(689

)

Gain on other assets

 

 

(760

)

 

 

(790

)

 

 

(232

)

(Increase)/decrease in interest receivable

 

 

(309

)

 

 

284

 

 

 

2,686

 

Decrease in interest payable

 

 

(333

)

 

 

(375

)

 

 

(540

)

Amortization of stock-based compensation arrangements

 

 

1,676

 

 

 

1,360

 

 

 

1,530

 

Other, net

 

 

5,719

 

 

 

5,512

 

 

 

(3,148

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

76,922

 

 

 

78,090

 

 

 

60,296

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash and due from banks provided by acquisitions

 

 

174,283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease/(increase) in federal funds sold

 

 

4,619

 

 

 

700

 

 

 

(300

)

Purchases of held for investment securities

 

 

(708

)

 

 

(902

)

 

 

(2,525

)

Purchases of available for sale securities

 

 

(224,217

)

 

 

(157,139

)

 

 

(106,759

)

Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of held for investment securities

 

 

4,101

 

 

 

5,816

 

 

 

8,616

 

Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of available for sale securities

 

 

225,394

 

 

 

181,769

 

 

 

145,740

 

Proceeds from sales of available for sale securities

 

 

4,855

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

6,025

 

Purchases of loans

 

 

(76,315

)

 

 

(66,587

)

 

 

(29,380

)

Proceeds from sales of loans

 

 

30,201

 

 

 

88,166

 

 

 

49,385

 

Net other increase in loans

 

 

(319,950

)

 

 

(174,915

)

 

 

(252,905

)

Purchases of premises, equipment and computer software

 

 

(11,490

)

 

 

(13,896

)

 

 

(13,438

)

Proceeds from the sale of other assets

 

 

5,851

 

 

 

5,389

 

 

 

9,651

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(183,376

)

 

 

(131,078

)

 

 

(185,890

)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in demand, transaction and savings deposits

 

 

305,940

 

 

 

47,914

 

 

 

467,688

 

Net decrease in time deposits

 

 

(122,569

)

 

 

(69,225

)

 

 

(64,593

)

Net (decrease)/increase in short-term borrowings

 

 

(608

)

 

 

19

 

 

 

(3,703

)

Pay down of long-term borrowings

 

 

(6,938

)

 

 

(2,240

)

 

 

(9,298

)

Issuance of common stock

 

 

6,532

 

 

 

5,200

 

 

 

3,540

 

Common stock acquired

 

 

 

 

 

(2,710

)

 

 

(256

)

Redemption of junior subordinated debentures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,279

)

Cash dividends paid

 

 

(19,543

)

 

 

(13,583

)

 

 

(21,090

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

162,814

 

 

 

(34,625

)

 

 

363,009

 

Net increase /(decrease) in cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits

 

 

56,360

 

 

 

(87,613

)

 

 

237,415

 

Cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits at the beginning of the period

 

 

1,857,535

 

 

 

1,945,148

 

 

 

1,707,733

 

Cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits at the end of the period

 

$

1,913,895

 

 

$

1,857,535

 

 

$

1,945,148

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for interest

 

$

13,135

 

 

$

14,142

 

 

$

18,312

 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

 

$

26,178

 

 

$

20,946

 

 

$

25,975

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid common stock dividends declared

 

$

5,265

 

 

$

4,744

 

 

$

 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

47


 

BANCFIRST CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

(1) DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting and reporting policies of BancFirst Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and general practice within the banking industry. A summary of the significant accounting policies follows.

Nature of Operations

BancFirst Corporation is an Oklahoma business corporation and a financial holding company under federal law. It conducts virtually all of its operating activities through its principal wholly-owned subsidiary, BancFirst (the “Bank” or “BancFirst”), a state-chartered bank headquartered in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. The Bank provides a wide range of retail and commercial banking services, including: commercial, real estate, agricultural and consumer lending; depository and funds transfer services; collections; safe deposit boxes; cash management services; retail brokerage services; and other services tailored for both individual and corporate customers. The Bank also offers trust services and acts as executor, administrator, trustee, transfer agent and in various other fiduciary capacities. Through its Technology and Operations Center, the Bank provides item processing, research and other correspondent banking services to financial institutions and governmental units. The Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, BancFirst Insurance Services, Inc., an independent insurance agency, offers a variety of commercial and personal insurance products. In addition, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Council Oak Partners, LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company engages in investing activities.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of BancFirst Corporation, Council Oak Partners, LLC, BancFirst Insurance Services, Inc., and BancFirst and its subsidiaries. The principal operating subsidiaries of BancFirst are Council Oak Investment Corporation, Council Oak Real Estate Inc. and BancFirst Agency, Inc. BancFirst Community Development Corporation was dissolved in September 2014. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Assets held in a fiduciary or agency capacity are not assets of the Company and, accordingly, are not included in the consolidated financial statements. Certain amounts from 2013 and 2012 have been reclassified to conform to the 2014 presentation. These reclassifications were not material to the Company’s financial statements.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States inherently involves the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the related disclosures. These estimates relate principally to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, income taxes, the fair value of financial instruments and the valuation of intangibles. Such estimates and assumptions may change over time and actual amounts realized may differ from those reported.

Securities

The Company does not engage in securities trading activities. Any sales of securities are for the purpose of executing the Company’s asset/liability management strategy, eliminating a perceived credit risk in a specific security, or providing liquidity. Securities that are being held for indefinite periods of time, or that may be sold as part of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy, to provide liquidity or for other reasons, are classified as available for sale and are stated at estimated fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale are reported as a component of stockholders’ equity, net of income tax. Gains or losses from sales of securities are based upon the book values of the specific securities sold. Securities for which the Company has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held for investment and are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed under the interest method. The Company reviews its portfolio of securities for impairment at least quarterly. Impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary if it is likely that all amounts contractually due will not be received for debt securities and when there is no positive evidence indicating that an investment’s carrying amount is recoverable in the near term for equity securities. When impairment is considered other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the security is written down to fair value, with the impairment charge included in earnings. In evaluating whether the impairment is temporary or other-than-temporary, the Company considers, among other things, the time period the security has been in an unrealized loss position, and whether the Company has the intent and ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

 

48


 

Loans

The lending function is governed by written policies and procedures, as determined by senior management and approved by the Board of Directors. The policies and procedures set the standards for lending in each major loan category by collateral type and use of loan proceeds. The objectives of these policies and procedures are to identify profitable markets, determine appropriate risk tolerance levels for each type of loan, establish limits for loan officer approval, set concentration limits, establish loan-to-value thresholds, set repayment terms and loan structure guidelines and adhere to documentation requirements. Interest rate risk is controlled by the use of variable rate provisions, the vast majority of which have a rate floor, limits on fixing rates for longer periods, and strict adherence to the original amortization terms in a rising interest rate environment.

One to four family residential real estate loans are made in accordance with underwriting policies and are fully documented. Credit worthiness is assessed based on significant credit characteristics including credit history, residential and employment stability. These loans include first liens, junior liens and home equity lines of credit. The composition of this portfolio is primarily first liens, which comprise more than 80% of the portfolio, with junior liens comprising less than 15%, and home equity lines of credit comprising less than 5%. The Company does not engage in any hybrid loan programs. In addition, the Company does not have any exposure to loans with negative amortization, interest rate carryover or discounting of the initial rates (teaser rates).

Loans originated within the Company are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned interest, loan fees and allowance for loan losses. Interest on all performing loans is recognized, on a simple interest basis, based upon the principal amount outstanding. A loan is placed on nonaccrual status when, in the opinion of management, the future collectability of interest and/or principal is not probable. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is recognized on certain of these loans on a cash basis if the full collection of the remaining principal balance is reasonably expected. Otherwise, interest income is not recognized until the principal balance is fully collected. See Note (5) for loan disclosures.

Acquired Loans

Loans acquired through business combinations since December 2009 are required to be carried at fair value as of the date of the combination. Loans that would have a general allowance for loan losses or have specific evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination are adjusted to fair value and any allowance for loan losses is eliminated. The difference between the fair value of loans which do not have specific evidence of deterioration of credit quality since origination and their principal balance is recognized in interest income on a level-yield method over the life of the loans. For loans which it is probable, at acquisition, that the Company will be unable to collect all contractually required payments (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows), the difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the loan, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized in interest income on a level-yield method over the life of the loan. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “nonaccretable difference,” are not recognized as yield adjustments or as loss accruals or valuation allowances. Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the initial investment are recognized prospectively through adjustment of the yield on the loan over its remaining life. Decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairments. Any probable loss due to subsequent credit deterioration of the loans since acquisition is provided for in the allowance for loan losses.

Loans Held For Sale

The Company originates mortgage loans to be sold. At the time of origination, the acquiring bank has already been determined and the terms of the loan, including the interest rate, have already been set by the acquiring bank allowing the Company to originate the loan at fair value. Mortgage loans are generally sold within 30 days of origination. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market. Gains or losses recognized upon the sale of the loans are determined on a specific identification basis. The Company does not sell residential mortgage loans with recourse other than obligations under standard representations and warranties or for fraud. These obligations relate to loan performance for the life of the loan. The amount of loans repurchased since the inception of the program is not considered to be material, and therefore, no reserve has been required.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is an estimate of probable credit losses related to specifically identified loans and for losses inherent in the portfolio that have been incurred as of the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan losses is increased by provisions charged to operating expense and is reduced by net loan charge-offs. The amount of the allowance for loan losses is based on past loan loss experience, evaluations of known impaired loans, levels of adversely graded loans, general economic conditions and other environmental factors. Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impairment is evaluated in aggregate for smaller-balance loans of a similar nature and on an

 

49


 

individual loan basis for other loans. If a loan is impaired, a specific allowance is provided, if necessary, so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected primarily from the collateral. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

Appraisal Policy

An updated appraisal of the collateral is obtained when a loan is first identified as a problem loan. Appraisals are reviewed annually and are updated as needed, or are updated more frequently if significant changes are believed to have occurred in the collateral or market conditions. Appraisals of other real estate owned are also reviewed and updated consistent with this policy.

Nonaccrual Policy

The Company does not accrue interest on (1) any loan upon which a default of principal or interest has existed for a period of 90 days or over unless the collateral margin or guarantor support are such that full collection of principal and interest are not in doubt, and an orderly plan for collection is in process; and (2) any other loan for which it is expected full collection of principal and interest is not probable.

A nonaccrual loan may be restored to an accrual status when none of its principal and interest are past due and unpaid or otherwise becomes well secured and in the process of collection and when prospects for collection of future contractual payments are no longer in doubt. With the exception of a formal debt forgiveness agreement, no loan which has had principal charged-off shall be restored to accrual status unless the charged-off principal has been recovered.

Charge-off Policy

When a loan deteriorates to the point that the account officer or the Loan Committee concludes it no longer represents a viable asset, it will be charged off. Similarly, any portion of a loan that is deemed to no longer be a viable asset will be charged off. A loan will not be charged off unless such action has been approved by the branch President.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to operating expense and is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred while improvements are capitalized. Premises and equipment is tested for impairment if events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying amount of any premises and equipment may not be recoverable. Impairment losses are measured by comparing the fair values of the premises and equipment with their recorded amounts. Premises that are identified to be sold are transferred to other real estate owned at the lower of their carrying amounts or their fair values less estimated costs to sell. Any losses on premises identified to be sold are charged to operating expense. When premises and equipment are transferred to other real estate owned, sold, or otherwise retired, the cost and applicable accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and any resulting gains or losses are reported in the statement of comprehensive income.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned consists of properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, and premises held for sale. These properties are carried at the lower of the book values of the related loans or fair values based upon appraisals, less estimated costs to sell. Losses arising at the time of reclassification of such properties from loans to other real estate owned are charged directly to the allowance for loan losses. Any losses on premises identified to be sold are charged to operating expense at the time of transfer from premises to other real estate owned. Losses from declines in value of the properties subsequent to classification as other real estate owned are charged to operating expense.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Core deposit intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of seven to ten years and customer relationship intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of three to eighteen years. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized based on current prepayment assumptions. Goodwill is not amortized, but is evaluated at a reporting unit level at least annually for impairment, or more frequently if other indicators of impairment are present. At least annually in the fourth quarter, intangible assets, excluding mortgage servicing rights, are evaluated for possible impairment. Impairment losses are

 

50


 

measured by comparing the fair values of the intangible assets with their recorded amounts. Any impairment losses are reported in the statement of comprehensive income. Mortgage servicing rights are adjusted to fair value semi-annually, if impaired.

Derivatives

The Company recognizes all of its derivative instruments as assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at fair value and recognizes the realized and unrealized change in fair value in the statement of comprehensive income. Income is derived from a fixed pricing spread when customer hedge contracts are immediately offset with counterparty contracts as compensation for administrative costs and credit risk and recognized in other noninterest income.

Insurance Commissions and Fees

Commission revenue is recognized at the later of the billing date or the effective date of the related insurance policies for those accounts billed by the Agency. Commission revenue, for accounts that are directly billed by the insurance company to the insured, is recognized when determinable by the Agency, which is generally when such commissions are received.

The Agency also receives contingent commissions from insurance companies as additional incentive for achieving specified premium volume goals and/or loss experience parameters relating to the insurance placed by the Agency. Contingent commissions from insurance companies are recognized when determinable, which is generally when such commissions are received.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation as compensation expense in the statement of comprehensive income based on the fair value of the Company’s stock options on the measurement date, which, for the Company, is the date of the grant. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and is based on certain assumptions including risk-free rate of return, dividend yield, stock price volatility and the expected term. The fair value of each option is expensed over its vesting period.

Income Taxes

The Company files a consolidated income tax return with its subsidiaries. Federal and state income tax expense or benefit has been allocated to subsidiaries on a separate return basis. Deferred taxes are recognized under the liability method based upon the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities, using the tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods when the related temporary differences are expected to be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income and recoverable taxes paid in prior years. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized.

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income, less any preferred dividends requirement, by the weighted average of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if options, convertible securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the Company.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in stockholders’ equity during a period, except those resulting from transactions with stockholders. Besides net income, other components of the Company’s comprehensive income includes the after tax effect of changes in the net unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale.

Statement of Cash Flows

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers cash and due from banks, and interest-bearing deposits with banks as cash equivalents.

 

51


 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Topic 205-40).” ASU 2014-15 provides guidance on management’s responsibility in evaluating whether there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern and related footnote disclosures. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The amendments are effective for annual periods, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. Adoption of ASU 2014-15 is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ASU No. 2014-04, “Receivables: Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure (Topic 310-40).” ASU 2014-04 clarifies that an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. The amendments are effective for annual periods, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The amendments may be adopted using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. Early adoption is permitted. Adoption of ASU 2014-04 is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-01, “Accounting for Investments in Affordable Housing Projects (Topic 323).” ASU 2014-01 revises the necessary criteria that need to be met in order for an entity to account for investments in affordable housing projects net of the provision for income taxes. It also changes the method of recognition from an effective amortization approach to a proportional amortization approach. Additional disclosures were also set forth in this update. The amendments are effective for annual periods, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The amendments are required to be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. Early adoption is permitted and adoption of the standard is optional. Adoption of ASU 2014-01 may affect income statement presentation, but otherwise is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.  

 

 

(2) RECENT DEVELOPMENTS, INCLUDING MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

On January 24, 2014, BancFirst assumed all of the deposits and purchased certain assets of The Bank of Union, El Reno, Oklahoma (“The Bank of Union”). The Bank of Union was closed on that day by the Oklahoma State Banking Department.

At the time of the closing, The Bank of Union had total deposits of approximately $302 million that were assumed by BancFirst. BancFirst initially purchased approximately $121 million of loans, the majority of which were classified as performing, $4.8 million of securities, and $10,000 of other real estate. Its bid included a discount for the loans purchased. BancFirst had bid on, but was generally not awarded, loans that were classified as nonperforming. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recorded a core deposit intangible of approximately $2.2 million and goodwill of $417,000. The effect of this acquisition was included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company from the date of acquisition forward. The acquisition did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

At December 31, 2014, the balance of acquired loans from the former Bank of Union was approximately $74.8 million, the majority of which were classified as performing, and deposits in acquired branches were approximately $174.4 million.

On January 19, 2012, Council Oak Investment Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of BancFirst, completed the sale of one of its investments that resulted in a pretax gain of approximately $4.5 million. After related expenses and income taxes, the increase in net income approximated $2.6 million.

 

 

(3) CASH, DUE FROM BANKS, INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS AND FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD

The Company maintains accounts with the Federal Reserve Bank and various other financial institutions primarily for the purpose of holding excess liquidity and clearing cash items. It may also sell federal funds to certain of these institutions on an overnight basis. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had no significant concentrations of credit risk with other financial institutions. The Company maintained vault cash and funds on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank, which is included in the table below.

 

52


 

The Company is required, as a matter of law, to maintain a reserve balance in the form of vault cash or cash on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. The average amount of required reserves for each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is included in the following table:

 

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2014

 

  

2013

 

 

  

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Vault cash and funds on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank

 

$

1,804,028

 

 

$

1,758,908

 

Average required reserves

 

 

44,711

 

 

 

37,456

 

 

 

(4) SECURITIES

The following table summarizes securities held for investment and securities available for sale:

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2014

 

  

2013

 

 

  

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Held for investment at cost (fair value: $8,671 and $12,094, respectively)

 

$

8,593

 

 

$

11,986

 

Available for sale, at fair value

 

 

516,190

 

 

 

515,641

 

Total

 

$

524,783

 

 

$

527,627

 

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities held for investment:

 

 

  

Amortized
Cost

 

  

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

  

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Estimated
Fair
Value

 

 

  

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage backed securities (1)

 

$

471

 

 

$

34

 

 

$

 

 

$

505

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

8,122

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,166

 

Total

 

$

8,593

 

 

$

78

 

 

$

 

 

$

8,671

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage backed securities (1)

 

$

607

 

 

$

48

 

 

$

 

 

$

655

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

11,379

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

11,439

 

Total

 

$

11,986

 

 

$

115

 

 

$

(7

)

 

$

12,094

 

 

53


 

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and estimated fair values of securities available for sale:

 

 

  

Amortized
Cost

 

  

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

  

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Estimated
Fair
Value

 

 

  

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. treasuries

 

$

248,767

 

 

$

404

 

 

$

(178

)

 

$

248,993

 

U.S. federal agencies

 

 

171,641

 

 

 

983

 

 

 

(175

)

 

 

172,449

 

Mortgage backed securities (1)

 

 

26,441

 

 

 

602

 

 

 

(586

)

 

 

26,457

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

51,706

 

 

 

1,716

 

 

 

(49

)

 

 

53,373

 

Other securities (2)

 

 

10,798

 

 

 

4,252

 

 

 

(132

)

 

 

14,918

 

Total

 

$

509,353

 

 

$

7,957

 

 

$

(1,120

)

 

$

516,190

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. treasuries

 

$

29,946

 

 

$

 

 

$

(85

)

 

$

29,861

 

U.S. federal agencies

 

 

386,391

 

 

 

1,399

 

 

 

(505

)

 

 

387,285

 

Mortgage backed securities (1)

 

 

32,057

 

 

 

625

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

32,678

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

49,116

 

 

 

1,290

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

50,334

 

Other securities (2)

 

 

12,121

 

 

 

3,503

 

 

 

(141

)

 

 

15,483

 

Total

 

$

509,631

 

 

$

6,817

 

 

$

(807

)

 

$

515,641

 

 

(1)

Primarily consists of FHLMC, FNMA, GNMA and mortgage backed securities through U.S. agencies.

(2)

Primarily consists of equity securities.

The maturities of securities held for investment and available for sale are summarized in the following table using contractual maturities. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to obligations that are called or prepaid. For purposes of the maturity table, mortgage-backed securities, which are not due at a single maturity date, have been presented at their contractual maturity.

 

 

  

December 31,

 

 

  

2014

 

  

2013

 

 

  

Amortized
Cost

 

  

Estimated
Fair
Value

 

  

Amortized
Cost

 

  

Estimated
Fair
Value

 

 

  

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Held for Investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual maturity of debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

$

1,451

 

 

$

1,456

 

 

$

3,640

 

 

$

3,649

 

After one year but within five years

 

 

6,603

 

 

 

6,642

 

 

 

7,277

 

 

 

7,321

 

After five years but within ten years

 

 

380

 

 

 

396

 

 

 

837

 

 

 

865

 

After ten years

 

 

159

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

232

 

 

 

259

 

Total

 

$

8,593

 

 

$

8,671

 

 

$

11,986

 

 

$

12,094

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual maturity of debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Within one year

 

$

41,772

 

 

$

41,870

 

 

$

208,625

 

 

$

209,065

 

After one year but within five years

 

 

350,975

 

 

 

352,044

 

 

 

167,554

 

 

 

168,210

 

After five years but within ten years

 

 

21,990

 

 

 

22,717

 

 

 

27,195

 

 

 

27,797

 

After ten years

 

 

87,252

 

 

 

88,132

 

 

 

97,542

 

 

 

98,551

 

Total debt securities

 

 

501,989

 

 

 

504,763

 

 

 

500,916

 

 

 

503,623

 

Equity securities

 

 

7,364

 

 

 

11,427

 

 

 

8,715

 

 

 

12,018

 

Total

 

$

509,353

 

 

$

516,190

 

 

$

509,631

 

 

$

515,641

 

 

54


 

The following is a detail of proceeds from sales and realized securities gains and losses, on available for sale securities:

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2014

 

  

2013

 

  

2012

 

 

  

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Proceeds

 

$

4,855

 

 

$

521

 

 

$

6,025

 

Gross gains realized

 

 

1,641

 

 

 

456

 

 

 

5,575

 

Gross losses realized

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

660

 

The following table is a summary of the Company’s book value of securities that were pledged as collateral for public funds on deposit, repurchase agreements and for other purposes as required or permitted by law:

 

 

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

  

2014

 

  

2013

 

 

  

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Book value of pledged securities

 

$

522,190

 

 

$

443,835

 

The following table summarizes securities with unrealized losses, segregated by the duration of the unrealized loss, at December 31, 2014 and 2013 respectively:

 

 

  

Less than 12 Months

 

  

More than 12 Months

 

  

Total

 

 

  

Estimated
Fair Value

 

  

Unrealized
Losses

 

  

Estimated
Fair Value

 

  

Unrealized
Losses

 

  

Estimated
Fair Value

 

  

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

  

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for Investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. treasuries

 

$

149,589

 

 

$

178

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

149,589

 

 

$

178

 

U.S. federal agencies

 

 

40,551

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

13,653

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

54,204

 

 

 

175

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

 

17,041

 

 

 

585

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

17,067

 

 

 

586

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

3,093

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

977

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

4,070

 

 

 

49

 

Other securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

300

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

300

 

 

 

132

 

Total

 

$

210,274

 

 

$

902

 

 

$

14,956

 

 

$

218

 

 

$

225,230

 

 

$

1,120

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held for Investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,328

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1,328

 

 

 

7

 

Total

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,329

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

1,330

 

 

$

7

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. treasuries

 

$

29,861

 

 

$

85

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

29,861

 

 

$

85

 

U.S. federal agencies

 

 

79,411

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

150,188

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

229,599

 

 

 

505

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

 

66

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

4

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

2,459

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,459

 

 

 

72

 

Other securities

 

 

160

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

141

 

Total

 

$

111,957

 

 

$

548

 

 

$

150,188

 

 

$

259

 

 

$

262,145

 

 

$

807

 

Declines in the fair value of held for investment and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers, among other things, (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and (iii) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

 

55


 

Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held for investment until they mature, at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company also had the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as available for sale for a period of time sufficient for a recovery of cost. The unrealized losses are largely due to increases in market interest rates over the yields available at the time the underlying debt securities were purchased. The fair value is expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality, and has no intent or requirement to sell before the recovery of the unrealized loss; therefore, the Company has not recognized any impairment in the Company’s consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

 

 

(5) LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The following is a schedule of loans outstanding by category:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

Amount

 

 

Percent

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial and financial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

745,106

 

 

 

19.30

%

 

$

605,672

 

 

 

17.88

%

Oil & gas production and equipment

 

 

104,940

 

 

 

2.72

 

 

 

96,907

 

 

 

2.86

 

Agriculture

 

 

132,830

 

 

 

3.44

 

 

 

111,323

 

 

 

3.29

 

State and political subdivisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

 

20,431

 

 

 

0.53

 

 

 

10,217

 

 

 

0.30

 

Tax-exempt

 

 

20,952

 

 

 

0.54

 

 

 

11,073

 

 

 

0.33

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction

 

 

356,621

 

 

 

9.24

 

 

 

284,808

 

 

 

8.41

 

Farmland

 

 

149,507

 

 

 

3.87

 

 

 

132,512

 

 

 

3.91

 

One to four family residences

 

 

775,795

 

 

 

20.09

 

 

 

703,903

 

 

 

20.78

 

Multifamily residential properties

 

 

66,766

 

 

 

1.73

 

 

 

60,080

 

 

 

1.77

 

Commercial

 

 

1,191,477

 

 

 

30.86

 

 

 

1,097,484

 

 

 

32.40

 

Consumer

 

 

267,179

 

 

 

6.92

 

 

 

250,588

 

 

 

7.40

 

Other (not classified above)

 

 

29,227

 

 

 

0.76

 

 

 

22,579

 

 

 

0.67

 

Total loans

 

$

3,860,831

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

$

3,387,146

 

 

 

100.00

%

Loans held for sale (included above)

 

$

9,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,469

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company’s loans are mostly to customers within Oklahoma and over 65% of the loans are secured by real estate. Credit risk on loans is managed through limits on amounts loaned to individual borrowers, underwriting standards and loan monitoring procedures. The amounts and types of collateral obtained, if any, to secure loans are based upon the Company’s underwriting standards and management’s credit evaluation. Collateral varies, but may include real estate, equipment, accounts receivable, inventory, livestock and securities. The Company’s interest in collateral is secured through filing mortgages and liens, and in some cases, by possession of the collateral.

There are inherent risks associated with the Company’s lending activities. These risks include, among other things, the impact of changes in interest rates and changes in the economic conditions in the markets where the Company operates. Increases in interest rates and/or weakening economic conditions could adversely impact the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans or the value of the collateral securing these loans. The Company is also subject to various laws and regulations that affect its lending activities. Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject the Company to regulatory enforcement action that could result in the assessment of significant civil money penalties against the Company. As a lender, the Company faces the risk that a significant number of its borrowers will fail to pay their loans when due. If borrower defaults cause losses in excess of the Company’s allowance for loan losses, it could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, profitability, and financial condition.

Loans secured by real estate, including farmland, multifamily, commercial, one to four family residential and construction and development loans, have been a large portion of the Company’s loan portfolio. The Company is subject to risk of future market fluctuations in property values relating to these loans. In addition, multi-family and commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans represent the majority of the Company’s real estate loans outstanding, a decline in tenant occupancy due to such factors or for other reasons could adversely impact the ability of the Company’s borrowers to repay their loans on a timely basis, which could have a negative

 

56


 

impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operation. The Company attempts to manage this risk through rigorous loan underwriting standards.

During the ordinary course of business, the Company may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage.

Nonperforming and Restructured Assets

The following is a summary of nonperforming and restructured assets:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Past due 90 days or more and still accruing

 

$

1,135

 

 

$

1,179

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

16,410

 

 

 

14,390

 

Restructured

 

 

16,515

 

 

 

17,624

 

Total nonperforming and restructured loans

 

 

34,060

 

 

 

33,193

 

Other real estate owned and repossessed assets

 

 

8,079

 

 

 

8,386

 

Total nonperforming and restructured assets

 

$

42,139

 

 

$

41,579

 

Nonperforming and restructured loans to total loans

 

 

0.88

%

 

 

0.98

%

Nonperforming and restructured assets to total assets

 

 

0.64

%

 

 

0.69

%

 

Nonaccrual loans, accruing loans past due 90 days or more, and restructured loans are shown in the table above. Had nonaccrual loans performed in accordance with their original contractual terms, the Company would have recognized additional interest income of approximately $1.2 million in 2014, $1.5 million in 2013 and $1.3 million in 2012.

Restructured loans consisted primarily of one loan restructured to defer principal payments. The loan was evaluated by management and determined to be well collateralized. Additionally, none of the concessions granted involved a principal reduction or a change from the current market rate of interest. The collateral value will be monitored periodically to evaluate possible impairment. The Company charges interest on principal balances outstanding during deferral periods. As a result, the current and future financial effects of the recorded balance of loans considered to be restructured were not considered to be material.

Loans are segregated into classes based upon the nature of the collateral and the borrower. These classes are used to estimate the allowance for loan losses. The following table is a summary of amounts included in nonaccrual loans, segregated by class of loans. Residential real estate refers to one to four family real estate.

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

296

 

 

$

595

 

Non-residential real estate other

 

 

5,126

 

 

 

6,270

 

Residential real estate permanent mortgage

 

 

681

 

 

 

718

 

Residential real estate all other

 

 

1,796

 

 

 

1,521

 

Commercial and financial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-consumer non-real estate

 

 

1,556

 

 

 

1,192

 

Consumer non-real estate

 

 

250

 

 

 

176

 

Other loans

 

 

1,659

 

 

 

1,407

 

Acquired loans

 

 

5,046

 

 

 

2,511

 

Total

 

$

16,410

 

 

$

14,390

 

 

 

57


 

The following table presents an age analysis of past due loans, segregated by class of loans:

 

 

 

Age Analysis of Past Due Loans

 

 

 

30-59
Days
Past Due

 

 

60-89
Days
Past Due

 

 

90 Days
and
Greater

 

 

Total
Past Due
Loans

 

 

Current
Loans

 

 

Total Loans

 

 

Accruing
Loans 90
Days or
More
Past Due

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

635

 

 

$

 

 

$

269

 

 

$

904

 

 

$

482,731

 

 

$

483,635

 

 

$

70

 

Non-residential real estate other

 

 

377

 

 

 

317

 

 

 

825

 

 

 

1,519

 

 

 

952,484

 

 

 

954,003

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate permanent mortgage

 

 

2,010

 

 

 

758

 

 

 

544

 

 

 

3,312

 

 

 

304,267

 

 

 

307,579

 

 

 

172

 

Residential real estate all other

 

 

1,820

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

1,488

 

 

 

3,502

 

 

 

633,586

 

 

 

637,088

 

 

 

387

 

Commercial and financial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-consumer non-real estate

 

 

841

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

793

 

 

 

1,705

 

 

 

965,002

 

 

 

966,707

 

 

 

24

 

Consumer non-real estate

 

 

1,914

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

330

 

 

 

2,955

 

 

 

244,810

 

 

 

247,765

 

 

 

215

 

Other loans

 

 

1,858

 

 

 

916

 

 

 

741

 

 

 

3,515

 

 

 

158,902

 

 

 

162,417

 

 

 

 

Acquired loans

 

 

1,815

 

 

 

997

 

 

 

1,304

 

 

 

4,116

 

 

 

97,521

 

 

 

101,637

 

 

 

267

 

Total

 

$

11,270

 

 

$

3,964

 

 

$

6,294

 

 

$

21,528

 

 

$

3,839,303

 

 

$

3,860,831

 

 

$

1,135

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

411

 

 

$

 

 

$

316

 

 

$

727

 

 

$

454,305

 

 

$

455,032

 

 

$

96

 

Non-residential real estate other

 

 

5,391

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

1,543

 

 

 

7,203

 

 

 

856,179

 

 

 

863,382

 

 

 

2

 

Residential real estate permanent mortgage

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

566

 

 

 

789

 

 

 

3,355

 

 

 

262,625

 

 

 

265,980

 

 

 

275

 

Residential real estate all other

 

 

2,159

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

1,272

 

 

 

3,642

 

 

 

564,231

 

 

 

567,873

 

 

 

184

 

Commercial and financial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-consumer non-real estate

 

 

1,122

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

1,047

 

 

 

2,287

 

 

 

793,028

 

 

 

795,315

 

 

 

125

 

Consumer non-real estate

 

 

1,761

 

 

 

667

 

 

 

392

 

 

 

2,820

 

 

 

225,515

 

 

 

228,335

 

 

 

279

 

Other loans

 

 

1,799

 

 

 

763

 

 

 

1,244

 

 

 

3,806

 

 

 

141,550

 

 

 

145,356

 

 

 

 

Acquired loans

 

 

1,491

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

593

 

 

 

2,394

 

 

 

63,479

 

 

 

65,873

 

 

 

218

 

Total

 

$

16,134

 

 

$

2,904

 

 

$

7,196

 

 

$

26,234

 

 

$

3,360,912

 

 

$

3,387,146

 

 

$

1,179

 

 

Impaired Loans

Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect the full amount of scheduled principal and interest payments in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance may be allocated if necessary so that the loan is reported, net of allowance for loss, at the present value of future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate, or the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

 

58


 

The following table presents impaired loans, segregated by class of loans. No material amount of interest income was recognized on impaired loans subsequent to their classification as impaired.

 

 

 

Impaired Loans

 

 

 

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

 

 

Recorded
Investment
with
Allowance

 

 

Related
Allowance

 

 

Average
Recorded
Investment

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

521

 

 

$

448

 

 

$

15

 

 

$

453

 

Non-residential real estate other

 

 

23,154

 

 

 

21,164

 

 

 

1,364

 

 

 

21,522

 

Residential real estate permanent mortgage

 

 

1,095

 

 

 

880

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

1,042

 

Residential real estate all other

 

 

2,480

 

 

 

2,270

 

 

 

299

 

 

 

2,273

 

Commercial and financial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-consumer non-real estate

 

 

1,895

 

 

 

1,580

 

 

 

431

 

 

 

1,646

 

Consumer non-real estate

 

 

664

 

 

 

648

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

602

 

Other loans

 

 

2,101

 

 

 

1,659

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

1,512

 

Acquired loans

 

 

10,933

 

 

 

7,708

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,082

 

Total

 

$

42,843

 

 

$

36,357

 

 

$

2,560

 

 

$

37,132

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

877

 

 

$

752

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

881

 

Non-residential real estate other

 

 

24,964

 

 

 

23,351

 

 

 

2,161

 

 

 

23,816

 

Residential real estate permanent mortgage

 

 

1,253

 

 

 

1,025

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

1,170

 

Residential real estate all other

 

 

2,214

 

 

 

1,803

 

 

 

361

 

 

 

1,857

 

Commercial and financial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-consumer non-real estate

 

 

1,801

 

 

 

1,459

 

 

 

388

 

 

 

1,553

 

Consumer non-real estate

 

 

628

 

 

 

611

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

455

 

Other loans

 

 

1,545

 

 

 

1,464

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

1,602

 

Acquired loans

 

 

9,848

 

 

 

7,861

 

 

 

124

 

 

 

7,928

 

Total

 

$

43,130

 

 

$

38,326

 

 

$

3,478

 

 

$

39,262

 

 

Credit Risk Monitoring and Loan Grading

The Company considers various factors to monitor the credit risk in the loan portfolio including volume and severity of loan delinquencies, nonaccrual loans, internal grading of loans, historical loan loss experience and economic conditions.

An internal risk grading system is used to indicate the credit risk of loans. The loan grades used by the Company are for internal risk identification purposes and do not directly correlate to regulatory classification categories or any financial reporting definitions.

The general characteristics of the risk grades are as follows:

Grade 1 – Acceptable - Loans graded 1 represent reasonable and satisfactory credit risk which requires normal attention and supervision. Capacity to repay through primary and/or secondary sources is not questioned.

Grade 2 – Acceptable - Increased Attention - This category consists of loans that have credit characteristics deserving management’s close attention. These potential weaknesses could result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or the Bank’s credit position at some future date. Such credit characteristics include loans to highly leveraged borrowers in cyclical industries, adverse financial trends which could potentially weaken repayment capacity, loans that have fundamental structure deficiencies, loans lacking secondary sources of repayment where prudent, and loans with deficiencies in essential documentation, including financial information.

Grade 3 – Loans with Problem Potential - This category consists of performing loans which are considered to exhibit problem potential. Loans in this category would generally include, but not be limited to, borrowers with a weakened financial condition or poor performance history, past dues, loans restructured to reduce payments to an amount that is below market standards and/or loans with

 

59


 

severe documentation problems. In general, these loans have no identifiable loss potential in the near future, however; the possibility of a loss developing is heightened.

Grade 4 - Problem Loans/Assets – Nonperforming - This category consists of nonperforming loans/assets which are considered to be problems. Nonperforming loans are described as being 90 days and over past due and still accruing, and loans that are nonaccrual. The government guaranteed portion of Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans is excluded.

Grade 5 - Loss Potential - This category consists of loans/assets which are considered to possess loss potential. While the loss may not occur in the current year, management expects that loans/assets in this category will ultimately result in a loss, unless substantial improvement occurs.

Grade 6 - Charge Off - This category consists of loans that are considered uncollectible and other assets with little or no value.

The following table presents internal loan grading by class of loans:

 

 

 

Internal Loan Grading

 

 

 

Grade

 

 

 

1

 

 

2

 

 

3

 

 

4

 

 

5

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

402,706

 

 

$

75,555

 

 

$

5,008

 

 

$

366

 

 

$

 

 

$

483,635

 

Non-residential real estate other

 

 

795,209

 

 

 

133,542

 

 

 

20,126

 

 

 

5,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

954,003

 

Residential real estate permanent mortgage

 

 

272,411

 

 

 

27,855

 

 

 

6,369

 

 

 

944

 

 

 

 

 

 

307,579

 

Residential real estate all other

 

 

529,555

 

 

 

99,214

 

 

 

6,146

 

 

 

2,173

 

 

 

 

 

 

637,088

 

Commercial and financial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-consumer non-real estate

 

 

821,094

 

 

 

117,457

 

 

 

26,550

 

 

 

1,606

 

 

 

 

 

 

966,707

 

Consumer non-real estate

 

 

233,424

 

 

 

12,229

 

 

 

1,548

 

 

 

564

 

 

 

 

 

 

247,765

 

Other loans

 

 

157,191

 

 

 

4,261

 

 

 

601

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

191

 

 

 

162,417

 

Acquired loans

 

 

46,465

 

 

 

36,951

 

 

 

12,651

 

 

 

5,206

 

 

 

364

 

 

 

101,637

 

Total

 

$

3,258,055

 

 

$

507,064

 

 

$

78,999

 

 

$

16,158

 

 

$

555

 

 

$

3,860,831

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

382,798

 

 

$

66,139

 

 

$

5,446

 

 

$

649

 

 

$

 

 

$

455,032

 

Non-residential real estate other

 

 

711,081

 

 

 

125,617

 

 

 

20,309

 

 

 

6,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

863,382

 

Residential real estate permanent mortgage

 

 

233,924

 

 

 

24,882

 

 

 

6,081

 

 

 

1,093

 

 

 

 

 

 

265,980

 

Residential real estate all other

 

 

475,421

 

 

 

82,571

 

 

 

8,238

 

 

 

1,643

 

 

 

 

 

 

567,873

 

Commercial and financial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-consumer non-real estate

 

 

691,772

 

 

 

97,812

 

 

 

4,462

 

 

 

1,269

 

 

 

 

 

 

795,315

 

Consumer non-real estate

 

 

214,153

 

 

 

11,819

 

 

 

1,931

 

 

 

431

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

228,335

 

Other loans

 

 

141,787

 

 

 

2,558

 

 

 

772

 

 

 

239

 

 

 

 

 

 

145,356

 

Acquired loans

 

 

47,220

 

 

 

11,980

 

 

 

3,766

 

 

 

2,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,873

 

Total

 

$

2,898,156

 

 

$

423,378

 

 

$

51,005

 

 

$

14,606

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

3,387,146

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses Methodology

The allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) is determined by a calculation based on segmenting the loans into the following categories: (1) adversely graded loans [Grades 3, 4 and 5] that have a specific reserve allocation; (2) loans without a specific reserve segmented by loans secured by real estate other than 1-4 family residential property, loans secured by 1-4 family residential property, commercial, industrial and agricultural loans not secured by real estate, consumer purpose loans not secured by real estate, and loans over 60 days past due that are not otherwise Grade 3, 4, or 5; (3) Grade 2 loans; (4) Grade 1 loans and (5) loans held for sale which are excluded.

 

60


 

The ALL is calculated as the sum of the following: (1) the total dollar amount of specific reserve allocations; (2) the dollar amount derived by multiplying each segment of adversely graded loans without a specific reserve allocation times its respective reserve factor; (3) the dollar amount derived by multiplying Grade 2 loans and Grade 1 loans (less certain exclusions) times the respective reserve factor; and (4) other adjustments as deemed appropriate and documented by the Senior Loan Committee or Board of Directors.

The amount of the ALL is an estimate based upon factors which are subject to rapid change due to changing economic conditions and the economic prospects of borrowers. It is reasonably possible that a material change could occur in the estimated ALL in the near term.

The following table details activity in the ALL by class of loans for the period presented. Allocation of a portion of the allowance to one category of loans does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in other categories.

 

 

 

ALL

 

 

 

Balance at
beginning
of period

 

 

Charge-
offs

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

Net
charge-
offs

 

 

Provisions
charged to
operations

 

 

Balance
at end of
period

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

4,827

 

 

$

(42

)

 

$

102

 

 

$

60

 

 

$

(481

)

 

$

4,406

 

Non-residential real estate other

 

 

11,026

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

49

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

(1,430

)

 

 

9,616

 

Residential real estate permanent mortgage

 

 

2,825

 

 

 

(207

)

 

 

78

 

 

 

(129

)

 

 

252

 

 

 

2,948

 

Residential real estate all other

 

 

6,708

 

 

 

(171

)

 

 

32

 

 

 

(139

)

 

 

(300

)

 

 

6,269

 

Commercial and financial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-consumer non-real estate

 

 

8,977

 

 

 

(564

)

 

 

70

 

 

 

(494

)

 

 

4,288

 

 

 

12,771

 

Consumer non-real estate

 

 

2,556

 

 

 

(687

)

 

 

203

 

 

 

(484

)

 

 

332

 

 

 

2,404

 

Other loans

 

 

1,991

 

 

 

(351

)

 

 

149

 

 

 

(202

)

 

 

570

 

 

 

2,359

 

Acquired loans

 

 

124

 

 

 

(568

)

 

 

719

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

(159

)

 

 

116

 

Total

 

$

39,034

 

 

$

(2,619

)

 

$

1,402

 

 

$

(1,217

)

 

$

3,072

 

 

$

40,889

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

5,104

 

 

$

(3

)

 

$

20

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

(294

)

 

$

4,827

 

Non-residential real estate other

 

 

9,865

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

12

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

1,168

 

 

 

11,026

 

Residential real estate permanent mortgage

 

 

2,781

 

 

 

(162

)

 

 

32

 

 

 

(130

)

 

 

174

 

 

 

2,825

 

Residential real estate all other

 

 

7,034

 

 

 

(209

)

 

 

33

 

 

 

(176

)

 

 

(150

)

 

 

6,708

 

Commercial and financial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-consumer non-real estate

 

 

9,385

 

 

 

(217

)

 

 

175

 

 

 

(42

)

 

 

(366

)

 

 

8,977

 

Consumer non-real estate

 

 

2,451

 

 

 

(597

)

 

 

225

 

 

 

(372

)

 

 

477

 

 

 

2,556

 

Other loans

 

 

1,885

 

 

 

(300

)

 

 

75

 

 

 

(225

)

 

 

331

 

 

 

1,991

 

Acquired loans

 

 

220

 

 

 

(53

)

 

 

39

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

(82

)

 

 

124

 

Total

 

$

38,725

 

 

$

(1,560

)

 

$

611

 

 

$

(949

)

 

$

1,258

 

 

$

39,034

 

 

 

61


 

The following table details the amount of ALL by class of loans for the period presented, on the basis of the impairment methodology used by the Company.

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Individually
evaluated for
impairment

 

 

Collectively
evaluated for
impairment

 

 

Individually
evaluated for
impairment

 

 

Collectively
evaluated for
impairment

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

202

 

 

$

4,204

 

 

$

231

 

 

$

4,596

 

Non-residential real estate other

 

 

1,518

 

 

 

8,098

 

 

 

2,449

 

 

 

8,577

 

Residential real estate permanent mortgage

 

 

407

 

 

 

2,541

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

2,582

 

Residential real estate all other

 

 

743

 

 

 

5,526

 

 

 

994

 

 

 

5,714

 

Commercial and financial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-consumer non-real estate

 

 

4,671

 

 

 

8,100

 

 

 

966

 

 

 

8,011

 

Consumer non-real estate

 

 

372

 

 

 

2,032

 

 

 

334

 

 

 

2,222

 

Other loans

 

 

214

 

 

 

2,145

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

1,739

 

Acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

 

 

 

124

 

Total

 

$

8,127

 

 

$

32,762

 

 

$

5,469

 

 

$

33,565

 

 

The following table details the loans outstanding by class of loans for the period presented, on the basis of the impairment methodology used by the Company.

 

 

 

Loans

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Individually
evaluated
for
impairment

 

 

Collectively
evaluated
for
impairment

 

 

Loans
acquired
with
deteriorated
credit
quality

 

 

Individually
evaluated
for
impairment

 

 

Collectively
evaluated
for
impairment

 

 

Loans
acquired
with
deteriorated
credit
quality

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-residential real estate owner occupied

 

$

5,374

 

 

$

478,261

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,095

 

 

$

448,937

 

 

$

 

Non-residential real estate other

 

 

25,251

 

 

 

928,752

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,684

 

 

 

836,698

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate permanent mortgage

 

 

7,313

 

 

 

300,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,174

 

 

 

258,806

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate all other

 

 

8,319

 

 

 

628,769

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,881

 

 

 

557,992

 

 

 

 

Commercial and financial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-consumer non-real estate

 

 

28,156

 

 

 

938,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,731

 

 

 

789,584

 

 

 

 

Consumer non-real estate

 

 

2,112

 

 

 

245,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,362

 

 

 

225,972

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

233

 

 

 

162,184

 

 

 

 

 

 

317

 

 

 

145,039

 

 

 

 

Acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

83,416

 

 

 

18,221

 

 

 

 

 

 

59,200

 

 

 

6,674

 

Total

 

$

76,758

 

 

$

3,765,852

 

 

$

18,221

 

 

$

58,244

 

 

$

3,322,228

 

 

$

6,674

 

 

The following table is a summary of amounts included in the ALL for impaired loans with specific reserves and the recorded balance of the related loans. No material amounts of interest income were collected on impaired loans with specific reserves for 2014, 2013 or 2012.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Allowance for loss on impaired loans

 

$

1,559

 

 

$

1,578

 

 

$

2,170

 

Recorded balance of impaired loans

 

 

3,673

 

 

 

5,283

 

 

 

6,185

 

Average recorded investment

 

 

4,478

 

 

 

5,734

 

 

 

8,416

 

 

 

62


 

Transfers from Loans

Transfers from loans to other real estate owned and repossessed assets are non-cash transactions, and are not included in the statements of cash flow.

Transfers from loans to other real estate owned and repossessed assets during the periods presented are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Other real estate owned

 

$

3,573

 

 

$

1,710

 

 

$

2,543

 

Repossessed assets

 

 

1,209

 

 

 

1,171

 

 

 

1,034

 

Total

 

$

4,782

 

 

$

2,881

 

 

$

3,577

 

 

Related Party Loans

The Company has made loans in the ordinary course of business to the executive officers and directors of the Company and to certain affiliates of these executive officers and directors. Management believes that all such loans were made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and do not represent more than a normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. A summary of these loans is as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Balance
Beginning
of the Period

 

 

Additions

 

 

Collections/
Terminations

 

 

Balance
End of the
Period

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2014

 

$

27,134

 

 

$

22,521

 

 

$

(24,636

)

 

$

25,019

 

2013

 

 

29,030

 

 

 

11,979

 

 

 

(13,875

)

 

 

27,134

 

2012

 

 

25,264

 

 

 

24,706

 

 

 

(20,940

)

 

 

29,030

 

 

 

(6) PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

The following is a summary of premises and equipment by classification:

 

 

 

Estimated
Useful Lives

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Land

 

 

 

 

 

$

29,658

 

 

$

29,055

 

Buildings

 

 

10 to 40 years

 

 

 

127,250

 

 

 

120,784

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

3 to 15 years

 

 

 

64,734

 

 

 

61,641

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

(100,301

)

 

 

(93,618

)

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

$

121,341

 

 

$

117,862

 

 

 

 

63


 

(7) INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL

The following is a summary of intangible assets:

 

 

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

Net
Carrying
Amount

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

Core deposit intangibles

 

$

13,198

 

 

$

(6,013

)

 

$

7,185

 

Customer relationship intangibles

 

 

5,699

 

 

 

(2,699

)

 

 

3,000

 

Mortgage servicing intangibles

 

 

643

 

 

 

(193

)

 

 

450

 

Total

 

$

19,540

 

 

$

(8,905

)

 

$

10,635

 

As of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

Core deposit intangibles

 

$

10,963

 

 

$

(4,620

)

 

$

6,343

 

Customer relationship intangibles

 

 

5,699

 

 

 

(2,337

)

 

 

3,362

 

Mortgage servicing intangibles

 

 

718

 

 

 

(150

)

 

 

568

 

Total

 

$

17,380

 

 

$

(7,107

)

 

$

10,273

 

 

Estimated amortization of intangible assets for the next five years, as of December 31, 2014, is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Estimated Amortization

 

2015

 

$

1,855

 

2016

 

 

1,631

 

2017

 

 

1,540

 

2018

 

 

1,531

 

2019

 

 

1,524

 

 

At December 31, 2014, the weighted-average remaining life of all intangible assets was approximately 6.5 years which consisted of customer relationship intangibles with a weighted-average life of 8.8 years, core deposit intangibles with a weighted-average life of 5.9 years and mortgage servicing intangibles with a weighted-average life of 2.3 years based on current prepayment assumptions.

The following is a summary of goodwill by business segment:

 

 

 

Metropolitan
Banks

 

 

Community
Banks

 

 

Other
Financial
Services

 

 

Executive,
Operations
& Support

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

$

8,078

 

 

$

30,553

 

 

$

5,464

 

 

$

450

 

 

$

44,545

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

417

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

$

8,078

 

 

$

30,970

 

 

$

5,464

 

 

$

450

 

 

$

44,962

 

 

 

 

Metropolitan
Banks

 

 

Community
Banks

 

 

Other
Financial
Services

 

 

Executive,
Operations
& Support

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning and end of period

 

$

8,078

 

 

$

30,553

 

 

$

5,464

 

 

$

450

 

 

$

44,545

 

 

 

 

64


 

(8) TIME DEPOSITS

Time deposits include certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts.

At December 31, 2014, the scheduled maturities of all time deposits are as follows (Dollars in thousands):

 

2015

 

$

478,610

 

2016

 

 

121,816

 

2017

 

 

51,816

 

2018

 

 

47,463

 

2019

 

 

51,410

 

Thereafter

 

 

164

 

Total

 

$

751,279

 

The following table is a summary of large time deposits for the periods presented:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

 

$

347,563

 

 

$

355,054

 

 

 

(9) SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

The following is a summary of short-term borrowings:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Federal funds purchased

 

$

1,000

 

 

$

700

 

Repurchase agreements

 

 

2,982

 

 

 

3,890

 

Total

 

$

3,982

 

 

$

4,590

 

Weighted average interest rate

 

 

0.18

%

 

 

0.13

%

End of period interest rate

 

 

0.14

%

 

 

0.15

%

 

Federal funds purchased represent borrowings of overnight funds from other financial institutions.

The Company enters into sales of securities to certain of its customers with simultaneous agreements to repurchase. These agreements represent an overnight borrowing of funds.

 

 

 

(10) LONG-TERM BORROWINGS

The Company has a line of credit from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Topeka, Kansas to use for liquidity or to match-fund certain long-term fixed rate loans. The Company’s assets, including residential first mortgages of $619.6 million, are pledged as collateral for the borrowings under the line of credit. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had the ability to draw up to $22.7 million on the FHLB line of credit based on FHLB stock holdings of $551,900 with no advances outstanding.

 

 

(11) JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

In January 2004, BancFirst Corporation established BFC Capital Trust II (“BFC II”), a trust formed under the Delaware Business Trust Act. BancFirst Corporation owns all of the common securities of BFC II. In February 2004, BFC II issued $25 million of aggregate liquidation amount of 7.20% Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities (the “Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities”) to other investors. In March 2004, BFC II issued an additional $1 million in Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities through the execution of an over-allotment option. The proceeds from the sale of the Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities and the common securities of BFC II were invested in $26.8 million of 7.20% Junior Subordinated Debentures of BancFirst Corporation. Interest payments on the $26.8 million of 7.20% Junior Subordinated Debentures are payable January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year. Such interest

 

65


 

payments may be deferred for up to twenty consecutive quarters. The stated maturity date of the $26.8 million of 7.20% Junior Subordinated Debentures is March 31, 2034, but they are subject to mandatory redemption pursuant to optional prepayment terms. The Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities represent an undivided interest in the $26.8 million of 7.20% Junior Subordinated Debentures and are guaranteed by BancFirst Corporation. During any deferral period or during any event of default, BancFirst Corporation may not declare or pay any dividends on any of its capital stock. The Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities were callable at par, in whole or in part, after March 31, 2009.

 

 

(12) INCOME TAXES

The components of the Company’s income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Current taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

28,258

 

 

$

23,326

 

 

$

24,928

 

State

 

 

2,709

 

 

 

3,682

 

 

 

2,865

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

(3,683

)

 

 

(483

)

 

 

(689

)

Total income taxes

 

$

27,284

 

 

$

26,525

 

 

$

27,104

 

 

Income tax expense applicable to securities transactions approximated $574,000, $147,000and $1,720,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

A reconciliation of tax expense at the federal statutory tax rate applied to income before taxes is presented in the following table:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Tax expense at the federal statutory tax rate

 

$

31,910

 

 

$

28,295

 

 

$

27,651

 

Increase (decrease) in tax expense from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax-exempt income, net

 

 

(571

)

 

 

(621

)

 

 

(783

)

Modified endowment life contracts

 

 

(755

)

 

 

(812

)

 

 

(870

)

State tax expense, net of federal tax benefit

 

 

1,469

 

 

 

2,303

 

 

 

2,374

 

Federal tax credits

 

 

(6,479

)

 

 

(4,132

)

 

 

(2,455

)

Other, net

 

 

1,710

 

 

 

1,492

 

 

 

1,187

 

Total tax expense

 

$

27,284

 

 

$

26,525

 

 

$

27,104

 

 

 

66


 

The net deferred tax asset consisted of the following and is reported in other assets:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Provision for loan losses

 

$

15,814

 

 

$

13,662

 

Write-downs of other real estate owned

 

 

1,297

 

 

 

962

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

2,652

 

 

 

2,237

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

3,190

 

 

 

2,934

 

Investments in partnership interests

 

 

1,966

 

 

 

1,170

 

Other

 

 

306

 

 

 

1,479

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

25,225

 

 

 

22,444

 

Unrealized net gains on securities

 

 

(2,644

)

 

 

(2,103

)

Premium on securities of banks acquired

 

 

(715

)

 

 

(800

)

Intangibles

 

 

(2,917

)

 

 

(2,561

)

Basis difference related to tax credits

 

 

(1,977

)

 

 

(1,620

)

Depreciation

 

 

(5,504

)

 

 

(5,975

)

Leveraged lease

 

 

(1,964

)

 

 

(2,282

)

Other

 

 

(89

)

 

 

(257

)

Gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(15,810

)

 

 

(15,598

)

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

9,415

 

 

$

6,846

 

 

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if applicable, in income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not recognize or accrue any interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. Federal and various state income tax statutes dictate that tax returns filed in any of the previous three reporting periods remain open to examination which includes the years 2012 to 2014. The Company has no open examinations with either the Internal Revenue Service or any state agency.

Management performs an analysis of the Company’s tax position annually and believes it is more likely than not that all of its tax positions will be utilized in future years.

 

 

(13) STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company adopted a nonqualified incentive stock option plan (the “BancFirst ISOP”) in May 1986. The Company amended the BancFirst ISOP to increase the number of shares to be issued under the plan to 3,000,000 shares in May 2013. At December 31, 2014, 114,985 shares were available for future grants. The BancFirst ISOP will terminate on December 31, 2019. The options vest and are exercisable beginning four years from the date of grant at the rate of 25% per year for four years. Options expire at the end of fifteen years from the date of grant. Options outstanding as of December 31, 2014 will become exercisable through the year 2021. The option price must be no less than 100% of the fair value of the stock relating to such option at the date of grant.

In June 1999, the Company adopted the BancFirst Corporation Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan (the “BancFirst Directors’ Stock Option Plan”). Each non-employee director is granted an option for 10,000 shares. The Company amended the BancFirst Directors’ Stock Option Plan to increase the number of shares to be issued under the plan to 230,000 shares in May 2014. At December 31, 2014, 20,000 shares were available for future grants. The options vest and are exercisable beginning one year from the date of grant at the rate of 25% per year for four years, and expire at the end of fifteen years from the date of grant. Options outstanding as of December 31, 2014 will become exercisable through the year 2018. The option price must be no less than 100% of the fair value of the stock relating to such option at the date of grant.

The Company currently uses newly issued shares for stock option exercises, but reserves the right to use shares purchased under the Company’s Stock Repurchase Program (the “SRP”) in the future.

 

67


 

The following table is a summary of the activity under both the BancFirst ISOP and the BancFirst Directors’ Stock Option Plan:

 

 

 

Options

 

 

Wgtd. Avg.
Exercise
Price

 

 

Wgtd. Avg.
Remaining
Contractual
Term

 

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

 

1,158,317

 

 

$

34.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

 

44,000

 

 

 

61.78

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

(169,535

)

 

 

28.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options canceled, forfeited, or expired

 

 

(3,125

)

 

 

36.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

 

1,029,657

 

 

 

36.55

 

 

 

8.59

Yrs

 

$

27,638

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

 

 

492,557

 

 

 

29.84

 

 

 

5.15

Yrs

 

$

16,525

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

 

 

1,216,981

 

 

$

31.98

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

 

115,000

 

 

 

49.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options exercised

 

 

(153,664

)

 

 

25.03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options canceled, forfeited, or expired

 

 

(20,000

)

 

 

40.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

 

1,158,317

 

 

 

34.45

 

 

 

8.84

Yrs

 

$

25,034

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

 

 

561,167

 

 

 

27.95

 

 

 

6.70

Yrs

 

$

15,774

 

 

The following table has additional information regarding options granted and options exercised under both the BancFirst ISOP and the BancFirst Directors’ Stock Option Plan:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Weighted average grant-date fair value per share of options granted

 

$

12.27

 

 

$

10.88

 

 

$

8.82

 

Total intrinsic value of options exercised

 

 

5,597

 

 

 

3,723

 

 

 

3,297

 

Cash received from options exercised

 

 

4,870

 

 

 

3,846

 

 

 

2,227

 

Tax benefit realized from options exercised

 

 

2,165

 

 

 

1,440

 

 

 

1,275

 

 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and is based on certain assumptions including risk-free rate of return, dividend yield, stock price volatility and the expected term. The fair value of each option is expensed over its vesting period.

The following table is a summary of the Company’s recorded stock-based compensation expense:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

$

1,676

 

 

$

1,360

 

 

$

1,530

 

Tax benefit

 

 

648

 

 

 

526

 

 

 

592

 

Stock-based compensation expense, net of tax

 

$

1,028

 

 

$

834

 

 

$

938

 

The Company will continue to amortize the remaining fair value of stock options over the remaining vesting period of approximately seven years. The following table shows the remaining fair value of stock options:

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Fair value of stock options

 

$

4,215

 

 

68


 

The following table shows the assumptions used for computing stock-based compensation expense under the fair value method:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

2.10 % to 2.54%

 

 

 

1.95% to 3.15%

 

 

 

1.74% to 1.95%

 

Dividend yield

 

 

2.00%

 

 

 

2.00%

 

 

 

2.00%

 

Stock price volatility

 

 

18.03% to 18.98%

 

 

 

18.35% to 20.21%

 

 

 

21.71% to 38.75%

 

Expected term

 

 

10Yrs

 

 

 

10Yrs

 

 

 

10Yrs

 

The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the spot zero-coupon rate for the U.S. Treasury security with a maturity similar to the expected term of the options. The dividend yield is the expected yield for the expected term. The stock price volatility is estimated from the recent historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The expected term is estimated from the historical option exercise experience.

In May 1999, the Company adopted the BancFirst Corporation Directors’ Deferred Stock Compensation Plan (the “BancFirst Deferred Stock Compensation Plan”). The Company amended the BancFirst Deferred Stock Compensation Plan to increase the number of shares to be issued under the plan to 91,110 shares in May 2014. Under the plan, directors and members of the community advisory boards of the Company and its subsidiaries may defer up to 100% of their board fees. They are credited for each deferral with a number of stock units based on the current market price of the Company’s stock, which accumulate in an account until such time as the director or community board member terminates serving as a board member. Shares of common stock of the Company are then distributed to the terminating director or community board member based upon the number of stock units accumulated in his or her account. A summary of the accumulated stock units is as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Accumulated stock units

 

 

60,859

 

 

 

56,380

 

Average price

 

$

37.41

 

 

$

35.31

 

 

 

(14) RETIREMENT PLANS

In May 1986, the Company adopted the BancFirst Corporation Employee Stock Ownership (“ESOP”) and Thrift Plan (“401(k)”) effective January 1, 1985. The plan was separated into two individual plans effective January 1, 2009. The 401(k) and ESOP plans cover all eligible employees, as defined in the plans, of the Company and its subsidiaries. The 401(k) plan allows employees to defer up to the maximum legal limit of their compensation, of which the Company may match up to 3% of their compensation. In addition, the Company may make discretionary contributions based on employee contributions or eligible compensation to the ESOP plan, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The aggregate amounts of contributions by the Company to the 401(k) and ESOP plans are shown in the following table:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

401(k) contributions

 

$

1,870

 

 

$

1,738

 

 

$

1,690

 

ESOP contributions

 

 

1,928

 

 

 

1,820

 

 

 

1,703

 

Total contributions

 

$

3,798

 

 

$

3,558

 

 

$

3,393

 

 

 

(15) STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 the Company’s authorized and outstanding preferred and common stock was as follows:

 

 

 

No. of Shares
Authorized at

 

 

No. of Shares Outstanding at December 31,

 

 

Par
Value
Per
Share

 

 

Dividends

 

 

Voting
Rights

 

Class of Stock

 

December 31,
2014

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

Senior Preferred

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1.00

 

 

 

As declared

 

 

 

Voting

 

10% Cumulative Preferred

 

 

900,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

5.00

 

 

 

As declared

 

 

 

Non-voting

 

Common

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

 

15,504,513

 

 

 

15,333,622

 

 

 

15,242,308

 

 

$

1.00

 

 

 

As declared

 

 

 

Voting

 

 

69


 

The following is a description of the capital stock of the Company:

(a) Senior Preferred Stock: No shares issued or outstanding. Shares may be issued with such voting, dividend, redemption, sinking fund, conversion, exchange, liquidation and other rights as shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, without approval of the stockholders. The Senior Preferred Stock would have a preference over common stock as to payment of dividends, as to the right to distribution of assets upon redemption of such shares or upon liquidation of the Company.

(b) 10% Cumulative Preferred Stock: Redeemable at the Company’s option at $5.00 per share plus accumulated dividends; non-voting; cumulative dividends at the rate of 10% payable semi-annually on January 15 and July 15; no shares issued or outstanding.

(c) Common stock: At December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 the shares issued equaled shares outstanding.

In November 1999, the Company adopted a Stock Repurchase Program (the “SRP”). The SRP may be used as a means to increase earnings per share and return on equity, to purchase treasury stock for the exercise of stock options or for distributions under the Deferred Stock Compensation Plan, to provide liquidity for optionees to dispose of stock from exercises of their stock options, and to provide liquidity for stockholders wishing to sell their stock. All shares repurchased under the SRP have been retired and not held as treasury stock. The timing, price and amount of stock repurchases under the SRP may be determined by management and approved by the Company’s Executive Committee.

The following table is a summary of the shares under the program:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

Number of shares repurchased

 

 

 

 

 

40,241

 

 

 

6,787

 

Average price of shares repurchased

 

$

 

 

$

40.88

 

 

$

37.70

 

Shares remaining to be repurchased

 

 

194,723

 

 

 

194,723

 

 

 

234,964

 

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is dependent upon dividend payments received from BancFirst. Banking regulations limit bank dividends based upon net earnings retained and minimum capital requirements. Dividends in excess of these requirements require regulatory approval. At January 1, 2015, approximately $73.4 million of the equity of BancFirst was available for dividend payments to the Company.

During any deferral period or any event of default on the Junior Subordinated Debentures, the Company may not declare or pay any dividends on any of its capital stock.

 

70


 

The Company and BancFirst are subject to risk-based capital guidelines issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). These guidelines are used to evaluate capital adequacy and involve both quantitative and qualitative evaluations of the Company’s and BancFirst’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory practices. Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory or discretionary actions by the regulatory agencies that could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Management believes that as of December 31, 2014, the Company and BancFirst met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. The actual and required capital amounts and ratios are shown in the following table:

 

 

 

Actual

 

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Risk Weighted Assets)-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BancFirst Corporation

 

$

616,862

 

 

 

14.75

%

 

$

334,531

 

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

BancFirst

 

 

571,495

 

 

 

13.68

%

 

 

334,092

 

 

 

8.00

%

 

$

417,615

 

 

 

10.00

%

Tier I Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Risk Weighted Assets)-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BancFirst Corporation

 

 

575,973

 

 

 

13.77

%

 

 

167,265

 

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

BancFirst

 

 

530,606

 

 

 

12.71

%

 

 

167,046

 

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

250,569

 

 

 

6.00

%

Tier I Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Total Assets)-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BancFirst Corporation

 

 

575,973

 

 

 

8.83

%

 

 

197,249

 

 

 

3.00

%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

BancFirst

 

 

530,606

 

 

 

8.15

%

 

 

196,716

 

 

 

3.00

%

 

 

327,859

 

 

 

5.00

%

As of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Risk Weighted Assets)-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BancFirst Corporation

 

$

563,873

 

 

 

14.85

%

 

$

303,700

 

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

BancFirst

 

 

529,200

 

 

 

13.96

%

 

 

303,190

 

 

 

8.00

%

 

$

378,988

 

 

 

10.00

%

Tier I Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Risk Weighted Assets)-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BancFirst Corporation

 

 

524,839

 

 

 

13.83

%

 

 

151,850

 

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

BancFirst

 

 

490,166

 

 

 

12.93

%

 

 

151,595

 

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

227,393

 

 

 

6.00

%

Tier I Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Total Assets)-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BancFirst Corporation

 

 

524,839

 

 

 

8.77

%

 

 

181,174

 

 

 

3.00

%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

BancFirst

 

 

490,166

 

 

 

8.20

%

 

 

180,606

 

 

 

3.00

%

 

 

301,011

 

 

 

5.00

%

As of December 31, 2014, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City and the FDIC categorized BancFirst as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be well capitalized under federal bank regulatory agency definitions, a depository institution must have a Tier 1 Ratio of at least 6%, a combined Tier 1 and Tier 2 Ratio of at least 10%, and a Leverage Ratio of at least 5%. The Company’s trust preferred securities have continued to be included in Tier 1 capital as the Company’s total assets do not exceed $10 billion. There are no conditions or events since the most recent notification of BancFirst’s capital category that management believes would materially change its category under capital requirements existing as of the report date.

Basel III Capital Rules

In July 2013, the three federal bank regulatory agencies jointly published interim final rules (the “Basel III Capital Rules”) establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. The rules implement the Basel Committee’s December 2010 framework known as “Basel III” for strengthening international capital standards as well as certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). These Rules substantially revise the risk-based capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies and depository institutions, compared to the current U.S. risk-based capital rules. The Basel III Capital Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. These Rules also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking

 

71


 

institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing risk-weighting approach with a more risk-sensitive approach. The Basel III Capital Rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act to remove references to credit ratings from the federal banking agencies’ rules. The Basel III Capital Rules are effective for the Company and BancFirst on January 1, 2015 (subject to a 4-year phase-in period).

The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consist of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments as compared to existing regulations.

Under the Basel III Capital Rules, the initial minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015 will be as follows:

 

4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets.

6.0% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets.

8.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets.

4.0% Minimum leverage ratio

Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will begin on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a 4-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter). Under the new rule, in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers, a banking organization must hold a capital conservation buffer composed of CET1 capital above its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019).

Management believes that, as of December 31, 2014, the Company and BancFirst would meet all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules on a fully phased-in basis as if such requirements were currently in effect.

 

 

 

72


 

(16)

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

Basic and diluted net income per common share are calculated as follows:

 

 

 

Income
(Numerator)

 

 

Shares
(Denominator)

 

 

Per
Share
Amount

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders

 

$

63,887

 

 

 

15,430,773

 

 

$

4.14

 

Effect of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

363,630

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders plus assumed exercises of stock options

 

$

63,887

 

 

 

15,794,403

 

 

$

4.04

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders

 

$

54,317

 

 

 

15,268,843

 

 

$

3.56

 

Effect of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

279,979

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders plus assumed exercises of stock options

 

$

54,317

 

 

 

15,548,822

 

 

$

3.49

 

Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders

 

$

51,900

 

 

 

15,172,457

 

 

$

3.42

 

Effect of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

271,188

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income available to common stockholders plus assumed exercises of stock options

 

$

51,900

 

 

 

15,443,645

 

 

$

3.36

 

The following table shows the number and average exercise price of options that were excluded from the computation of diluted net income per common share for each year because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares.

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Average
Exercise
Price

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

69,405

 

 

$

55.87

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

118,603

 

 

 

42.79

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

604,429

 

 

 

38.69

 

 

 

 

73


 

(17) CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

36,700

 

 

$

27,592

 

Securities

 

 

103

 

 

 

115

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

 

598,413

 

 

 

555,761

 

Goodwill

 

 

450

 

 

 

450

 

Dividends receivable

 

 

6,434

 

 

 

5,927

 

Other assets

 

 

983

 

 

 

913

 

Total assets

 

$

643,083

 

 

$

590,758

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

$

6,965

 

 

$

6,957

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

26,804

 

 

 

26,804

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

609,314

 

 

 

556,997

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

643,083

 

 

$

590,758

 

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

OPERATING INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends from subsidiaries

 

$

24,851

 

 

$

22,612

 

 

$

20,784

 

Interest on interest-bearing deposits

 

 

62

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

57

 

Other

 

 

14

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

 

Total operating income

 

 

24,927

 

 

 

22,751

 

 

 

20,841

 

OPERATING EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

1,965

 

 

 

1,965

 

 

 

2,134

 

Other

 

 

667

 

 

 

661

 

 

 

942

 

Total operating expense

 

 

2,632

 

 

 

2,626

 

 

 

3,076

 

Income before taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

22,295

 

 

 

20,125

 

 

 

17,765

 

Allocated income tax benefit

 

 

472

 

 

 

978

 

 

 

1,371

 

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

22,767

 

 

 

21,103

 

 

 

19,136

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

42,196

 

 

 

34,351

 

 

 

34,281

 

Amortization of stock-based compensation arrangements of subsidiaries

 

 

(1,076

)

 

 

(1,137

)

 

 

(1,517

)

Net income

 

$

63,887

 

 

$

54,317

 

 

$

51,900

 

 

 

74


 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

63,887

 

 

$

54,317

 

 

$

51,900

 

Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

(42,196

)

 

 

(34,351

)

 

 

(34,281

)

Amortization of stock-based compensation arrangements

 

 

1,076

 

 

 

1,137

 

 

 

1,517

 

Other, net

 

 

(656

)

 

 

(2,116

)

 

 

2,944

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

22,111

 

 

 

18,987

 

 

 

22,080

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,866

 

Sales and maturities of held for investment and available for sale securities

 

 

8

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

8

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

19,866

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

6,532

 

 

 

5,200

 

 

 

3,540

 

Common stock acquired

 

 

 

 

 

(2,710

)

 

 

(256

)

Cash dividends paid

 

 

(19,543

)

 

 

(13,583

)

 

 

(21,090

)

Redemption of Junior Subordinated Debentures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,279

)

Net cash used for financing activities

 

 

(13,011

)

 

 

(11,093

)

 

 

(27,085

)

Net increase in cash

 

 

9,108

 

 

 

7,957

 

 

 

14,861

 

Cash and due from banks at the beginning of the period

 

 

27,592

 

 

 

19,635

 

 

 

4,774

 

Cash and due from banks at the end of the period

 

$

36,700

 

 

$

27,592

 

 

$

19,635

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for interest

 

$

1,965

 

 

$

1,965

 

 

$

2,128

 

Cash received during the period for income taxes, net

 

$

1,822

 

 

$

4,449

 

 

$

1,884

 

 

 

 

(18) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Refer to Note (5) for information regarding loan transactions with related parties.

 

 

(19) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include loan commitments and standby letters of credit which involve elements of credit and interest-rate risk to varying degrees. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the instrument is represented by the instrument’s contractual amount. To control this credit risk, the Company uses the same underwriting standards as it uses for loans recorded on the balance sheet. The amounts of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Loan commitments

 

$

937,221

 

 

$

945,270

 

Stand-by letters of credit

 

 

63,734

 

 

 

61,262

 

Loan commitments are agreements to lend to a customer, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Stand-by letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These instruments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the instruments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total amounts do not necessarily represent commitments that will be funded in the future.

 

75


 

The Company leases two parcels of land on which it owns buildings, nineteen ATM locations, two storage facilities, three parking lots and office space in thirteen buildings. These leases expire at various dates through 2064.

The future minimum rental payments under these leases at December 31, 2014, were as follows (Dollars in thousands):

 

2015

 

$

1,060

 

2016

 

 

981

 

2017

 

 

699

 

2018

 

 

186

 

2019

 

 

128

 

Later years

 

 

624

 

Total

 

$

3,678

 

Rental expense on all property and equipment rented, including those rented on a monthly or temporary basis were as follows (Dollars in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31:

 

2014

 

$

1,255

 

2013

 

 

1,175

 

2012

 

 

1,159

 

The Company is a defendant in legal actions arising from normal business activities. Management believes that all legal actions against the Company are without merit or that the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from them will not materially affect the Company’s financial statements.

 

 

(20) FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market available to the entity in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Level 1 Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset and liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category includes certain impaired loans, foreclosed assets, other real estate owned, goodwill and other intangible assets.

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

A description of the valuation methodologies and key inputs used to measure financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to the following categories of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities.

 

76


 

Securities Available for Sale

Securities classified as available for sale are reported at fair value. U.S. Treasuries are valued using Level 1 inputs. Other securities available for sale including U.S. federal agencies, mortgage backed securities and state and political subdivisions are valued using prices from an independent pricing service utilizing Level 2 data. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things. The Company also invests in securities classified as available for sale for which observable information is not readily available. These securities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 3 inputs. For these securities, management determines the fair value based on the income approach or information provided by outside consultants or lead investors.  

The Company reviews the prices for Level 1 and Level 2 securities supplied by the independent pricing service for reasonableness and to ensure such prices are aligned with traditional pricing matrices. In general, the Company does not purchase investment portfolio securities that are esoteric or that have complicated structures. The Company’s entire portfolio consists of traditional investments including U.S. Treasury obligations, federal agency mortgage pass-through securities, general obligation municipal bonds and a small amount of municipal revenue bonds. Pricing for such instruments is fairly generic and is easily obtained. For in-state bond issues that have relatively low issue sizes and liquidity, the Company utilizes the same parameters adjusted for the specific issue. From time to time, the Company will validate, on a sample basis, prices supplied by the independent pricing service by comparison to prices obtained from third party sources.

Derivatives

Derivatives are reported at fair value utilizing Level 2 inputs. The Company obtains dealer and market quotations to value its oil and gas swaps and options. The Company utilizes dealer quotes and observable market data inputs to substantiate internal valuation models.

Loans Held For Sale

The Company originates mortgage loans to be sold. At the time of origination, the acquiring bank has already been determined and the terms of the loan, including interest rate, have already been set by the acquiring bank allowing the Company to originate the loan at fair value. Mortgage loans are generally sold within 30 days of origination. Loans held for sale are valued using Level 2 inputs. Gains or losses recognized upon the sale of the loans are determined on a specific identification basis.

Mortgage Servicing Intangibles

The Company acquired mortgage servicing intangibles with the acquisition of 1st Bank Oklahoma on July 12, 2011. Mortgage servicing intangibles are amortized based on current prepayment assumptions and are adjusted to fair value semi-annually, if impaired. Fair value is estimated based on the present value of future cash flows over several interest rate scenarios, which are then discounted at risk-adjusted rates. The Company considers portfolio characteristics, contractually specified servicing fees, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenue, costs to service and other economic factors. When available, fair value estimates and assumptions are compared to observable market data and the recent market activity and actual portfolio experience.

 

77


 

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:

 

 

 

Level 1
Inputs

 

 

Level 2
Inputs

 

 

Level 3
Inputs

 

 

Total Fair
Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury

 

$

248,993

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

248,993

 

U.S. federal agencies

 

 

 

 

 

172,449

 

 

 

 

 

 

172,449

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

9,425

 

 

 

17,032

 

 

 

26,457

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

53,373

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,373

 

Other securities

 

 

 

 

 

3,491

 

 

 

11,427

 

 

 

14,918

 

Derivative assets

 

 

 

 

 

6,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,124

 

Derivative liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

4,756

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,756

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

9,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,433

 

Mortgage servicing intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

450

 

 

 

450

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury

 

$

29,861

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

29,861

 

U.S. federal agencies

 

 

 

 

 

387,285

 

 

 

 

 

 

387,285

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

13,262

 

 

 

19,416

 

 

 

32,678

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 

 

50,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,334

 

Other securities

 

 

 

 

 

3,465

 

 

 

12,018

 

 

 

15,483

 

Derivative assets

 

 

 

 

 

2,211

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,211

 

Derivative liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

1,029

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,029

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

6,469

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,469

 

Mortgage servicing intangibles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

568

 

 

 

568

 

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at estimated fair value on a recurring basis during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

 

 

Twelve Months Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at the beginning of the year

 

$

32,002

 

 

$

10,779

 

Purchases, issuances and settlements

 

 

(1,314

)

 

 

20,499

 

Sales

 

 

(3,433

)

 

 

(251

)

Gains included in earnings

 

 

1,469

 

 

 

234

 

Total unrealized gains/(losses)

 

 

185

 

 

 

741

 

Balance at the end of the year

 

$

28,909

 

 

$

32,002

 

The Company’s policy is to recognize transfers in and transfers out of Levels 1, 2 and 3 as of the end of the reporting period. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not transfer any securities between levels in the fair value hierarchy.

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Certain financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). These financial assets and financial liabilities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 3 inputs.

Impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is dependent on liquidation of the collateral. In no case does the fair value of an impaired loan exceed the fair value of the underlying collateral. The impaired loans are adjusted to fair value through a specific allocation of the allowance for loan losses or a direct charge-down of the loan.

 

78


 

Foreclosed assets, upon initial recognition, are measured and adjusted to fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for possible loan losses based upon the fair value of the foreclosed asset.

Other real estate owned is revalued at fair value subsequent to initial recognition, with any losses recognized in net expense from other real estate owned.

The following table summarizes assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and the related gains or losses recognized during the year:

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total Fair
Value

 

 

Gains
(Losses)

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans (less specific allowance)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

33,797

 

 

$

33,797

 

 

$

 

Foreclosed assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

(18

)

Other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,859

 

 

 

7,859

 

 

 

(304

)

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans (less specific allowance)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

34,848

 

 

$

34,848

 

 

$

 

Foreclosed assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

237

 

 

 

237

 

 

 

(35

)

Other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,149

 

 

 

8,149

 

 

 

(170

)

Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company is required under current authoritative accounting guidance to disclose the estimated fair value of their financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value. For the Company, as for most financial institutions, substantially all of its assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments. A financial instrument is defined as cash, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity or a contract that creates a contractual obligation or right to deliver or receive cash or another financial instrument from a second entity. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

Cash and Cash Equivalents Include: Cash and Due from Banks and Interest-Bearing Deposits

The carrying amount of these short-term instruments is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Securities Held for Investment

For securities held for investment, which are generally traded in secondary markets, fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities making adjustments for credit or liquidity if applicable.

Loans

For certain homogeneous categories of loans, such as some residential mortgages, fair values are estimated using the quoted market prices for securities backed by similar loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. The fair values of other types of loans are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Deposits

The fair values of transaction and savings accounts are the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair values of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit are estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Short-term Borrowings

The amounts payable on these short-term instruments are reasonable estimates of fair value.

 

79


 

Long-term Borrowings

The fair values of fixed-rate long-term borrowings are estimated using the rates that would be charged for borrowings of similar remaining maturities.

Junior Subordinated Debentures

The fair values of junior subordinated debentures are estimated using the rates that would be charged for junior subordinated debentures of similar remaining maturities.

Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit

The fair values of commitments are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the terms of the agreements. The fair values of letters of credit are based on fees currently charged for similar agreements.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments that are reported at amortized cost in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value, are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

Level 2 inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

1,913,895

 

 

$

1,913,895

 

 

$

1,857,535

 

 

$

1,857,535

 

Securities held for investment

 

 

8,593

 

 

 

8,671

 

 

 

11,986

 

 

 

12,094

 

Level 3 inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, net

 

 

3,819,942

 

 

 

3,857,224

 

 

 

3,348,112

 

 

 

3,364,940

 

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 2 inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

5,904,704

 

 

 

5,945,502

 

 

 

5,419,519

 

 

 

5,451,114

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

3,982

 

 

 

3,982

 

 

 

4,590

 

 

 

4,590

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,938

 

 

 

6,908

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

26,804

 

 

 

31,200

 

 

 

26,804

 

 

 

29,259

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,640

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,654

 

Letters of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

478

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

459

 

Non-financial Assets and Non-financial Liabilities Measured at Fair Value

The Company has no non-financial assets or non-financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include intangible assets (excluding mortgage service rights, which are valued quarterly) and other non-financial long-lived assets measured at fair value and adjusted for impairment. These items are evaluated at least annually for impairment, of which there were none as of December 31, 2014 or 2013. The overall levels of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis were not considered to be significant to the Company at December 31, 2014 or 2013.

 

 

(21) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company enters into oil and gas swaps and options contracts to accommodate the business needs of its customers. Upon the origination of an oil or gas swap or option contract with a customer, to mitigate the exposure to fluctuations in oil and gas prices, the Company simultaneously enters into an offsetting contract with a counterparty. These derivatives are not designated as hedged instruments and are recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at fair value.

 

80


 

The Company utilizes dealer quotations and observable market data inputs to substantiate internal valuation models. The notional amounts and estimated fair values of oil and gas derivative positions outstanding are presented in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Oil and Natural Gas

Swaps and Options

 

Notional Unit

 

Notional
Amount

 

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

Notional
Amount

 

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

 

 

(Notional amounts and dollars in thousands)

 

Oil

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets

 

Barrels

 

 

312

 

 

$

4,629

 

 

 

335

 

 

$

827

 

Derivative liabilities

 

Barrels

 

 

(312

)

 

 

(4,271

)

 

 

(335

)

 

 

(378

)

Natural Gas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets

 

MMBTUs

 

 

2,010

 

 

 

1,495

 

 

 

5,128

 

 

 

1,384

 

Derivative liabilities

 

MMBTUs

 

 

(2,010

)

 

 

(485

)

 

 

(5,128

)

 

 

(651

)

Total Fair Value

 

Included in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,211

 

Derivative liabilities

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,756

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,029

)

 

The following table is a summary of the Company’s recognized income related to the activity, which was included in other noninterest income:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Derivative income

 

$

500

 

 

$

521

 

 

$

599

 

The Company’s credit exposure on oil and gas swaps and options varies based on the current market prices of oil and natural gas. Other than credit risk, changes in the fair value of customer positions will be offset by equal and opposite changes in the counterparty positions. The net positive fair value of the contracts represents the profit derived from the activity and is unaffected by market price movements. The Company’s share of total profit is approximately 35%.

Customer credit exposure is managed by strict position limits and is primarily offset by first liens on production while the remainder is offset by cash. Counterparty credit exposure is managed by selecting highly rated counterparties (rated A- or better by Standard and Poor’s) and monitoring market information.

The following table is a summary of the Company’s net credit exposure relating to oil and gas swaps and options with bank counterparties:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Credit exposure

 

$

4,028

 

 

$

9

 

Balance Sheet Offsetting

Derivatives may be eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheet and/or subject to master netting arrangements. The Company’s derivative transactions with upstream financial institution counterparties and bank customers are generally executed under International Swaps and Derivative Association (“ISDA”) master agreements which include “right of set-off” provisions. In such cases there is generally a legally enforceable right to offset recognized amounts and there may be an intention to settle such amounts on a net basis. Nonetheless, the Company does not generally offset such financial instruments for financial reporting purposes.

 

 

(22) SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company evaluates its performance with an internal profitability measurement system that measures the profitability of its business units on a pre-tax basis. The four principal business units are metropolitan banks, community banks, other financial services and executive, operations and support. Metropolitan and community banks offer traditional banking products such as commercial and retail lending, and a full line of deposit accounts. Metropolitan banks consist of banking locations in the metropolitan Oklahoma City and Tulsa areas. Community banks consist of banking locations in communities throughout Oklahoma. Other financial services are

 

81


 

specialty product business units including guaranteed small business lending, residential mortgage lending, trust services, securities brokerage, electronic banking and insurance. The executive, operations and support groups represent executive management, operational support and corporate functions that are not allocated to the other business units.

The results of operations and selected financial information for the four business units are as follows:

 

 

 

Metropolitan
Banks

 

 

Community
Banks

 

 

Other
Financial
Services

 

 

Executive,
Operations
& Support

 

 

Eliminations

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

59,923

 

 

$

116,935

 

 

$

6,155

 

 

$

(1,662

)

 

$

 

 

$

181,351

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

3,077

 

 

 

(488

)

 

 

481

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,072

 

Noninterest income

 

 

13,752

 

 

 

51,415

 

 

 

28,079

 

 

 

69,442

 

 

 

(66,275

)

 

 

96,413

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

2,216

 

 

 

7,277

 

 

 

522

 

 

 

1,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,349

 

Other expenses

 

 

32,300

 

 

 

89,888

 

 

 

22,304

 

 

 

27,998

 

 

 

(318

)

 

 

172,172

 

Income before taxes

 

$

36,082

 

 

$

71,673

 

 

$

10,927

 

 

$

38,446

 

 

$

(65,957

)

 

$

91,171

 

Total assets

 

$

2,298,828

 

 

$

4,113,783

 

 

$

145,814

 

 

$

679,194

 

 

$

(662,647

)

 

$

6,574,972

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

1,948

 

 

$

7,972

 

 

$

121

 

 

$

1,449

 

 

$

 

 

$

11,490

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

56,346

 

 

$

102,705

 

 

$

6,239

 

 

$

(1,771

)

 

$

 

 

$

163,519

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

(154

)

 

 

1,205

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,258

 

Noninterest income

 

 

12,881

 

 

 

48,418

 

 

 

25,659

 

 

 

59,298

 

 

 

(56,101

)

 

 

90,155

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

2,178

 

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

1,367

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,077

 

Other expenses

 

 

31,396

 

 

 

84,011

 

 

 

21,604

 

 

 

23,818

 

 

 

(332

)

 

 

160,497

 

Income before taxes

 

$

35,807

 

 

$

58,896

 

 

$

9,652

 

 

$

32,256

 

 

$

(55,769

)

 

$

80,842

 

Total assets

 

$

2,079,444

 

 

$

3,764,429

 

 

$

103,656

 

 

$

703,294

 

 

$

(611,849

)

 

$

6,038,974

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

5,534

 

 

$

6,445

 

 

$

219

 

 

$

1,698

 

 

$

 

 

$

13,896

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

54,062

 

 

$

105,966

 

 

$

7,055

 

 

$

(2,268

)

 

$

 

 

$

164,815

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

1,202

 

 

 

1,607

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,100

 

Noninterest income

 

 

11,222

 

 

 

43,809

 

 

 

29,624

 

 

 

56,848

 

 

 

(53,786

)

 

 

87,717

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,956

 

 

 

6,898

 

 

 

485

 

 

 

1,501

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,840

 

Other expenses

 

 

29,511

 

 

 

80,535

 

 

 

22,056

 

 

 

27,783

 

 

 

(297

)

 

 

159,588

 

Income before taxes

 

$

32,615

 

 

$

60,735

 

 

$

13,956

 

 

$

25,187

 

 

$

(53,489

)

 

$

79,004

 

Total assets

 

$

1,996,539

 

 

$

3,801,653

 

 

$

186,473

 

 

$

602,342

 

 

$

(564,757

)

 

$

6,022,250

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

4,099

 

 

$

8,045

 

 

$

398

 

 

$

896

 

 

$

 

 

$

13,438

 

The financial information for each business unit is presented on the basis used internally by management to evaluate performance and allocate resources. The Company utilizes a transfer pricing system to allocate the benefit or cost of funds provided or used by the various business units. Certain services provided by the support group to other business units, such as item processing, are allocated at rates approximating the cost of providing the services. Eliminations are adjustments to consolidate the business units and companies. Capital expenditures are generally charged to the business unit using the asset.

 

 

 

82


 

(23) SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

A summary of the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

Quarter

 

 

 

Fourth

 

 

Third

 

 

Second

 

 

First

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

47,319

 

 

$

46,514

 

 

$

45,489

 

 

$

42,029

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

1,840

 

 

 

(3,115

)

 

 

3,129

 

 

 

1,218

 

Securities transactions

 

 

822

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

450

 

Noninterest income

 

 

24,302

 

 

 

24,938

 

 

 

23,611

 

 

 

23,562

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

46,886

 

 

 

46,942

 

 

 

45,857

 

 

 

43,836

 

Net income

 

 

15,749

 

 

 

18,793

 

 

 

14,688

 

 

 

14,657

 

Net income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

1.02

 

 

 

1.22

 

 

 

0.94

 

 

 

0.96

 

Diluted

 

 

0.99

 

 

 

1.19

 

 

 

0.92

 

 

 

0.94

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

41,921

 

 

$

40,712

 

 

$

40,630

 

 

$

40,256

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

454

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

516

 

 

 

300

 

Securities transactions

 

 

79

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

122

 

Noninterest income

 

 

22,235

 

 

 

23,652

 

 

 

21,733

 

 

 

22,535

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

43,854

 

 

 

43,321

 

 

 

42,455

 

 

 

41,944

 

Net income

 

 

13,861

 

 

 

14,491

 

 

 

12,593

 

 

 

13,372

 

Net income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

0.91

 

 

 

0.94

 

 

 

0.83

 

 

 

0.88

 

Diluted

 

 

0.88

 

 

 

0.93

 

 

 

0.82

 

 

 

0.86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83


 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

There were no disagreements with accountants regarding accounting and financial disclosure matters during the year ended December 31, 2014. A discussion of the change in accountants may be found in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the 2015 Annual Meeting.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer and Chief Risk Officer, and its Disclosure Committee, which includes the Company’s Chief Asset Quality Officer, Chief Internal Auditor, Senior Financial Officer, Controller, and General Counsel, have evaluated, as of the last day of the period covered by this report, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on their evaluation they concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures of the Company are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms.

No changes were made to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter of 2014 that materially affected, or are likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

84


 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting and for assessing the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria established in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission in 1992. Based on that assessment and criteria, management has determined that the Company has maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014.

BKD LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 and has issued an unqualified report thereon.

BancFirst Corporation

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

March 13, 2015

 

/s/ DAVID E. RAINBOLT

David E. Rainbolt

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

/s/ RANDY FORAKER

Randy Foraker

Executive Vice President,

Interim Chief Financial Officer and

Chief Risk Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

85


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders

BancFirst Corporation

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

We have audited BancFirst Corporation’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992 edition) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that the receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, BancFirst Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992 edition) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of BancFirst Corporation and our report dated March 11, 2015, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ BKD, LLP

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

March 13, 2015

 

 

 

 

86


 

Item 9B. Other Information.

There is no information required to be disclosed in a report on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of the year that was not reported.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K will be contained in the 2015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Election of Directors” and is hereby incorporated by reference. The information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K will be contained in the 2015 Proxy Statement under the caption “16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and is hereby incorporated by reference. The information required by Item 406 of Regulation S-K will be contained in the 2015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Code of Ethics” and is hereby incorporated by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K will be contained in the 2015 Proxy Statement under the captions “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” and is hereby incorporated by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K with respect to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is included under Part II, Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K will be contained in the 2015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership” and is hereby incorporated by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.

The information required by Item 404 of Regulation S-K will be contained in the 2015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Transactions with Related Persons” and is hereby incorporated by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The information required by Item 9(e) of Schedule 14A will be contained in the 2015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is hereby incorporated by reference.

 

 

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)

For the financial statements of BancFirst Corporation, reference is made to Part II, Item 8, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(1)

Financial Statements:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2014 and 2013

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the three years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the three years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2)

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

87


 

(3)

The following Exhibits are filed with this Report or are incorporated by reference as set forth below:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit

 

3.1

  

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of BancFirst Corporation (filed as Exhibit 1 to the Company’s 8-A/A filed July 23, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

3.2

  

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of BancFirst Corporation dated June 15, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 3.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

3.3

  

 

Amended By-Laws (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 1992 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

3.4

  

 

Resolution of the Board of Directors amending Section XXVII of the Company’s By-Laws (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 26, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

3.5

  

 

Amendment to Amended Bylaws, amending Article XVI, Section 1 and Article XVII, Section 1 of the Company’s By-laws (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 28, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

3.6

  

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of BancFirst Corporation dated May 23, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 29, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.1

  

 

Instruments defining the rights of securities holders (see Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 above).

 

4.2

  

 

Rights Agreement, dated as of February 25, 1999, between BancFirst Corporation and BancFirst, as Rights Agent, including as Exhibit A the form of Certificate of Designations of the Company setting forth the terms of the Preferred Stock, as Exhibit B the form of Right Certificate and as Exhibit C the form of Summary of Rights Agreement (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s 8-K dated January 28, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.3

  

 

Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement, dated as of February 25, 1999, between BancFirst Corporation and BancFirst, as Rights Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s 8-K dated January 28, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.4

  

 

Form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement relating to the 7.20% Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities of BFC Capital Trust II (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3/A, File No. 333-112488 dated February 23, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.5

  

 

Form of 7.20% Cumulative Trust Preferred Security Certificate for BFC Capital Trust II (filed as Exhibit D to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3/A, File No. 333-112488 dated February 23, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.6

  

 

Form of Indenture relating to the 7.20% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures of BancFirst Corporation issued to BFC Capital Trust II (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3, File No. 333-112488 dated February 4, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.7

  

 

Form of Certificate of 7.20% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture of BancFirst Corporation (filed as Exhibit 4.2 on Form S-3 to the Company’s registration statement, File No. 333-112488 dated February 4, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.8

  

 

Form of Guarantee of BancFirst Corporation relating to the 7.20% Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities of BFC Capital Trust II (filed as Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3/A, File No. 333-112488 dated February 23, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.1

  

 

BancFirst Corporation Employee Stock Ownership and Trust Agreement adopted December 21, 2006 effective January 1, 2007 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.2

  

 

Fourth Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Directors’ Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated October 28, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

88


 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit

 

10.3

  

 

Fourth Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Directors’ Deferred Stock Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.4

  

 

Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Thrift Plan adopted March 25, 2010 effective January 1, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.5

  

 

Amendment (Code Section 415 Compliance) to the BancFirst Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust Agreement, adopted July 23, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.6

  

 

Amendment (Pension Protection Act, Heart Act and the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act) to the BancFirst Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust Agreement, adopted December 17, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.7

  

 

Amendment to the Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Thrift Plan adopted December 16, 2010 effective January 1, 2011 (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.8

  

 

Amendment to the Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Thrift Plan adopted October 27, 2011 effective October 1, 2011 (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.9

  

 

Amendment to the Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan adopted October 27, 2011 effective October 1, 2011(filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.10

  

 

Thirteenth Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated October 28, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

21.1*

  

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant.

 

23.1*

  

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2*

  

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

31.1*

  

 

Chief Executive Officer’s Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).

 

31.2*

  

 

Chief Financial Officer’s Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).

 

32.1*

  

 

CEO’s Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.2*

  

 

CFO’s Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101.INS*

  

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

101.SCH*

  

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

 

101.CAL*

  

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

 

101.DEF*

  

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

 

101.LAB*

  

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

 

101.PRE*

  

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

*

Filed herewith.

 

 

 

89


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

March 13, 2015

 

BANCFIRST CORPORATION

 

 

 

/s/ David E. Rainbolt 

 

 

David E. Rainbolt

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 13, 2015.

 

/s/ H. E. Rainbolt 

  

/s/ David E. Rainbolt 

H. E. Rainbolt

  

David E. Rainbolt

Chairman of the Board

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

/s/ Dennis L. Brand 

  

 

/s/ C. L. Craig, Jr. 

Dennis L. Brand

  

C. L. Craig, Jr.

Chief Executive Officer, BancFirst and Director

  

Director

 

/s/ William H. Crawford 

  

 

/s/ James R. Daniel 

William H. Crawford

  

James R. Daniel

Director

  

Vice Chairman of the Board

 

/s/ F. Ford Drummond 

  

 

/s/ K. Gordon Greer 

F. Ford Drummond

  

K. Gordon Greer

Director

  

Vice Chairman of the Board

 

/s/ Dr. Donald B. Halverstadt 

  

 

/s/ Dave R. Lopez 

Dr. Donald B. Halverstadt

  

Dave R. Lopez

Director

  

Director

 

/s/ William O. Johnstone 

  

 

/s/ J. Ralph McCalmont 

William O. Johnstone

  

J. Ralph McCalmont

Vice Chairman of the Board

  

Director

 

/s/ Tom H. McCasland, III 

  

 

/s/ Ronald J. Norick 

Tom H. McCasland, III

  

Ronald J. Norick

Director

  

Director

 

Paul B. Odom, Jr. 

  

 

/s/ Michael S. Samis 

Paul B. Odom, Jr.

  

Michael S. Samis

Director

  

Director

 

/s/ Natalie Shirley 

  

 

/s/ Michael K. Wallace 

Natalie Shirley

  

Michael K. Wallace

Director

  

Director

 

/s/ Gregory Wedel 

  

 

/s/ G. Rainey Williams, Jr. 

Gregory Wedel

  

G. Rainey Williams, Jr.

Director

  

Director

 

/s/ Randy Foraker 

  

 

Randy Foraker

  

 

Executive Vice President, Interim Chief Financial Officer and Chief Risk Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  

 

 

 

 

90


 

COMPANY PERFORMANCE

Presented below is a line graph which compares the percentage in the cumulative total return on the Company’s Common Stock to the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Stock Market (U.S. Companies) Index and the NASDAQ Bank Stock Index. The period presented is from January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2014. The graph assumes an investment on January 1, 2010 of $100 in the Company’s Common Stock and in each index, and that any dividends were reinvested. The values presented for each quarter during the period represent the cumulative market values of the respective investment.

 

 

 

 

 

91


 

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit

 

3.1

  

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of BancFirst Corporation (filed as Exhibit 1 to the Company’s 8-A/A filed July 23, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

3.2

  

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of BancFirst Corporation dated June 15, 2004 (filed as Exhibit 3.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

3.3

  

 

Amended By-Laws (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 1992 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

3.4

  

 

Resolution of the Board of Directors amending Section XXVII of the Company’s By-Laws (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 26, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

3.5

  

 

Amendment to Amended Bylaws, amending Article XVI, Section 1 and Article XVII, Section 1 of the Company’s By-laws (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 28, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

3.6

  

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of BancFirst Corporation dated May 23, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 29, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.1

  

 

Instruments defining the rights of securities holders (see Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 above).

 

4.2

  

 

Rights Agreement, dated as of February 25, 1999, between BancFirst Corporation and BancFirst, as Rights Agent, including as Exhibit A the form of Certificate of Designations of the Company setting forth the terms of the Preferred Stock, as Exhibit B the form of Right Certificate and as Exhibit C the form of Summary of Rights Agreement (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s 8-K dated January 28, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.3

  

 

Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement, dated as of February 25, 1999, between BancFirst Corporation and BancFirst, as Rights Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s 8-K dated January 28, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.4

  

 

Form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement relating to the 7.20% Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities of BFC Capital Trust II (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3/A, File No. 333-112488 dated February 23, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.5

  

 

Form of 7.20% Cumulative Trust Preferred Security Certificate for BFC Capital Trust II (filed as Exhibit D to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3/A, File No. 333-112488 dated February 23, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.6

  

 

Form of Indenture relating to the 7.20% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures of BancFirst Corporation issued to BFC Capital Trust II (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3, File No. 333-112488 dated February 4, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.7

  

 

Form of Certificate of 7.20% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture of BancFirst Corporation (filed as Exhibit 4.2 on Form S-3 to the Company’s registration statement, File No. 333-112488 dated February 4, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

4.8

  

 

Form of Guarantee of BancFirst Corporation relating to the 7.20% Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities of BFC Capital Trust II (filed as Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3/A, File No. 333-112488 dated February 23, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.1

  

 

BancFirst Corporation Employee Stock Ownership and Trust Agreement adopted December 21, 2006 effective January 1, 2007 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.2

  

 

Fourth Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Directors’ Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated October 28, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

 


 

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit

 

10.3

  

 

Fourth Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Directors’ Deferred Stock Compensation Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.4

  

 

Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Thrift Plan adopted March 25, 2010 effective January 1, 2010 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.5

  

 

Amendment (Code Section 415 Compliance) to the BancFirst Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust Agreement, adopted July 23, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.6

  

 

Amendment (Pension Protection Act, Heart Act and the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act) to the BancFirst Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust Agreement, adopted December 17, 2009 (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.7

  

 

Amendment to the Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Thrift Plan adopted December 16, 2010 effective January 1, 2011 (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.8

  

 

Amendment to the Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Thrift Plan adopted October 27, 2011 effective October 1, 2011 (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.9

  

 

Amendment to the Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan adopted October 27, 2011 effective October 1, 2011(filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

10.10

  

 

Thirteenth Amended and Restated BancFirst Corporation Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated October 28, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

21.1*

  

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant.

 

23.1*

  

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

23.2*

  

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

31.1*

  

 

Chief Executive Officer’s Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).

 

31.2*

  

 

Chief Financial Officer’s Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).

 

32.1*

  

 

CEO’s Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.2*

  

 

CFO’s Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101.INS*

  

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

101.SCH*

  

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

 

101.CAL*

  

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

 

101.DEF*

  

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

 

101.LAB*

  

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

 

101.PRE*

  

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 

*

Filed herewith.